![M20+ M20 C Maintenance [PDF]](https://pdfs.asia/img/200x200/m20-m20-c-maintenance.jpg)
11 0 6 MB
Maintenance
A0
Maintenance M 20 / M 20 C
en / 26.01.2011
AA047781
1/1
Total Index
A0.01
-
Maintenance
A0
Total Index
A0.01
Introduction
A0.02
Emergency Stop Safety System
A0.04
Maintenance
A5
Table of Contents
A5.01
Introduction
A5.02
en / 26.01.2011
AA047652
1/1
Introduction
A0.02
M20/M25/M32/M43
The present operating instructions include notes and guidelines for proper handling of the engine plant. It is matched with the equipment condition and the type of fuel sold.
Since the type of fuel used considerably influences the service life of the components, the Caterpillar aftersales service has to be consulted when it is required to change from destillate fuel operation to heavy fuel oil operation, in order to ensure an expert retrofit of the engine plant and to exchange the necessary documentation. When changing over from heavy fuel oil operation to destillate operation, the Caterpillar aftersales service should also be consulted for a longer period of time so that a documentation with extended maintenance intervals can be made available. With regard to operation and maintenance of the engine including the necessary work to be carried out, the operating instructions are subdivided into the following chapters:
Operating Instructions Maintenance Technical Engine Data Operating Media Control/Regulation Tool Catalogue
With the respective information contained in the individual chapters, the technical personnel is able to maintain the engine in such a manner that regarding its output, reliability, economy and service life optimum operating results can be achieved. If you need further information or if you have any other questions, we kindly ask you to contact our responsible service organization.
The operating instructions do not release the personnel in charge of this engine plant from their duty to take care. The recognized rules of technology are to be observed, taking into account overriding regulations, observance of the general safety measures and locally applicable accident prevention regulations. Data or explanations assumed to be the basic knowledge of trained technical and engine room personnel, are not contained. Caterpillar Motoren GmbH Co. KG is not responsible for damage caused by improper operation and maintenance.
These operating instructions are only intended for our customers. All rights reserved for this document. All technical data contained in these operating instructions must neither be reproduced, distributed nor utilized for competitive purposes or disclosed to third parties without our express approval.
Postal address:
Caterpillar Motoren GmbH & Co. KG, P.O. Box 9009, D-24157 Kiel
Telephone:
+49(0)431- 3995-01(chief operator)
Telefax:
+49(0)431-3995-2010(after-sales service only)
http://www.marine.cat.com
en / 26/1/11
AA047587
1/1
Emergency Stop
A0.04
Safety System M20/M25/M32/M43
WARNING Do not perform further starting attempts for a while after the safety/emergency stop device has triggered! Note and observe the following points and actions. If these actions are not observed, severe personal injuries as well as damage to the engine can occur, which may void the warranty.
NOTE* With some engine assemblies, in particular in marine applications, an alarm or a power reduction may be triggered before a safety/emergency stop is performed. If there are no safety concerns, the engine must also be shut down, if an alarm occurs or engine power is reduced and the causes have to be eliminated.
Actions that must be performed after a safety/emergency stop* occurred: - Identify the reason for emergency stop based on the points listed below. - Work through list of corresponding sub-points. - Contact your Caterpillar Service.
Type of emergency stop: 1.
Overspeed condition
2.
Lubrication oil (pressure and temperature)
3.
Engine room monitoring
4.
Cooling water - fresh water - HT (pressure and temperature)
5.
Exhaust gas
6.
Check pneumatic emergency stop system on engine after every emergency stop
7.
Fault messages and measuring points
en / 15.12.2010
AA033984
1/5
Emergency Stop
A0.04
Safety System M20/M25/M32/M43
NOTE The following checks may be of assistance during troubleshooting and permit identification of root causes of an emergency stop. However, they cannot cover the entire spectrum of possible causes.
1.
Overspeed condition Emergency stop due to excessive rpm.
1.1
How high was the maximum rpm before emergency stop was triggered?
1.2
Why did engine go into an overspeed condition?
Check: •
Check if emergency stop safety device is operational.
•
Check free operation of adjustment shaft and joint
•
Check every single regulator rack of fuel pumps in both directions for proper operation by pulling and pressing.
•
Checking governor drive.
•
Verification of possible out of calibration of actuator (if fitted).
1.3
Contact your Caterpillar Service.
2.
Lube oil (lube oil pressure, lube oil temperature)
2.1
Emergency stop due to lack of lube oil
Checks:
2.2
•
Visual inspection of engine.
•
Lube oil pump drive: - Check gears for damage or loss.
•
Check lube oil pressure switch.
•
Check lube oil filter for metal chips.
•
Check oil sump and piping for leaks and cracks.
Contact the Caterpillar Service.
en / 15.12.2010
AA033984
2/5
Emergency Stop
A0.04
Safety System M20/M25/M32/M43
2.3
Emergency stop due to high lube oil temperature Checks: •
Check temperature sensor.
•
Check oil cooler.
•
Check cooling water circuit.
•
Pressurize each cylinder through opened indexing valves with shop air. If there is a rapid pressure drop or if no pressure builds up the cause must be investigated.
2.4
Contact the Caterpillar/ MaK Service.
3.
Engine room monitoring Emergency Stop due to excessive oil mist concentrationsee engine documentation, chapter "Operating Instructions". Checks: •
Check engine room monitoring device (operational test), see "engine documentation, chapter "External Documentation" C5.05.11.02.03. nn.
•
Visual inspection of engine and gear train,
•
of cam shaft trough,
•
of combustion chamber,
•
of turbo charger.
3.1
Contact your Caterpillar Service.
4.
Cooling water (fresh water - HT, pressure and temperature) Emergency stop due to excessively high cooling water temperature Checks:
4.1
•
Visual inspection of engine
•
Check temperature sensors
•
Check fresh water cooler
•
Operational test of LT - Cooling water circuit with cooling water pump.
Contact your Caterpillar Service.
en / 15.12.2010
AA033984
3/5
Emergency Stop
A0.04
Safety System M20/M25/M32/M43
5.
Exhaust gas Emergency stop due to excessively high exhaust temperature Checks: •
Check exhaust gas temperature sensors.
•
Aftercooler (differential pressure) (refer to A5.05.06.04.02.nn).
•
Fuel pumps and fill level scale on each fuel pump.
•
Injection valves (refer to A5.05.07.08.01.nn).
•
Turbocharger
5.1
Contact your Caterpillar Service.
6.
Check pneumatic emergency stop system on engine after every emergency stop
NOTE In order for emergency stop safety device to operate properly, 7,5 bar pneumatic supply has to be available continuously.
Checks: •
Check emergency stop pneumatic system on the engine for leaks.
•
Stop valve to main start line upstream from start valve must constantly be open during operation, see engine documentation, chapter "Operating Instructions".
en / 15.12.2010
AA033984
4/5
Emergency Stop
A0.04
Safety System M20/M25/M32/M43
7.
Fault messages and measuring points
CAUTION The fault messages listed below do not directly lead to an emergency stop, but they considerably affect reliable engine operation. If such a fault message appears on the monitoring display of the alarm system, the engine plant may only be operated for a short time and under permanent observation. At any rate, the cause of the fault message must be remedied immediately.
7.1
General fault messages:
*
7.2
Fault message: (Measuring point number)
Description:
6105 *
Low shutdown air pressure
9631 *
Oil mist detector failure
9601 *
Terminal set X1 voltage failure
9717 *
Terminal set X3 voltage failure
see also List of Measuring Points, see "engine documentation, chapter "Control/Regulation". C5.05.02.01.nn.nn.
Plant-specific fault messages: - Safety system failure - RPM switch unit failure (overspeed)
7.3
Please contact the Caterpillar Customer Service.
en / 15.12.2010
AA033984
5/5
Maintenance
A5
-
Maintenance
en / 26.01.2011
AA000026
1/1
Table of Contents
A5.01
-
Maintenance
A5
Table of Contents
A5.01
Introduction
A5.02
Periodical schedule Distillate fuel
A5.04.01
Periodical schedule Heavy fuel
A5.04.02
Engine, cylinder head
A5.05.01
Valve Clearance
A5.05.01.01.01.00
Valve clearance
A5.05.01.01.01.02
Valve Rocker Brackets
A5.05.01.02.01.00
Valve Rocker
A5.05.01.02.02.00
Valve Rotator
A5.05.01.03.01.00
Valve Guide / Oil Scraper Ring
A5.05.01.05.01.01
Media line
A5.05.01.05.50.00
Cylinder Head
A5.05.01.06.01.00
Nozzle Sleeve
A5.05.01.06.50.00
Inlet and Exhaust Valve Cones
A5.05.01.07.01.01
Valve Cones
A5.05.01.08.01.00
Inlet Valve Cones
A5.05.01.08.01.01
Exhaust Valve Cones
A5.05.01.08.01.03
Inlet Valve Cones
A5.05.01.08.01.04
Valve Seat Ring
A5.05.01.08.02.00
Valve Seat Ring
A5.05.01.08.02.01
Cylinder Head
A5.05.01.10.00.00
Cylinder Head
A5.05.01.10.01.01
Cylinder Head
A5.05.01.11.01.00
Engine, gear
A5.05.02
Running Gear/Engine Timing
A5.05.02.01.01.00
Crank Web Deflection
A5.05.02.02.01.00
Bearing Shells
A5.05.02.03.07.01
Al-Grooved Bearings
A5.05.02.03.09.01
Big-End Bearings
A5.05.02.04.01.01
Big-End Bearings
A5.05.02.04.02.00
Main Bearings
A5.05.02.05.01.01
Main Bearings
A5.05.02.05.02.00
Piston
A5.05.02.06.01.01
en / 26.01.2011
AA020041
1/4
Table of Contents
A5.01
-
Piston
A5.05.02.06.01.02
Piston Rings and Grooves
A5.05.02.07.01.01
Piston Rings and Grooves
A5.05.02.07.01.03
Piston
A5.05.02.10.01.01
Engine, housing
A5.05.03
Crankcase Explosion Relief Valves
A5.05.03.01.01.00
Explosion Relief Valve
A5.05.03.01.01.02
Explosion relief valve
A5.05.03.01.01.03
Zylinderbuchse
A5.05.03.03.01.02
Cylinder Liner
A5.05.03.04.01.00
Cylinder Liner
A5.05.03.04.02.00
Engine Bolting and Unions
A5.05.03.07.01.00
Engine, control
A5.05.04
Camshaft Bearing
A5.05.04.01.01.00
Camshaft
A5.05.04.04.01.00
Camshaft
A5.05.04.04.01.01
Camshaft
A5.05.04.04.01.02
Timing Gear Train
A5.05.04.08.01.00
Governor Drive
A5.05.04.08.03.00
Vibration damper on camshaft
A5.05.04.09.01.00
Vibration damper on camshaft
A5.05.04.09.01.01
Vibration Damper on Camshaft
A5.05.04.09.01.02
Engine, regulation
A5.05.05
Control shaft bedding
A5.05.05.01.02.00
Fuel Limiter
A5.05.05.04.01.00
Fuel Limiter
A5.05.05.04.01.01
Servo-Actuator
A5.05.05.04.02.00
Servo-Actuator
A5.05.05.04.02.01
Starting Fuel Limiter
A5.05.05.05.01.00
Control Valves
A5.05.05.09.05.00
Compressed-Air Filter
A5.05.05.09.06.00
Compressed-Air Filter
A5.05.05.09.06.01
Regleröl
A5.05.05.25.00.01
en / 26.01.2011
AA020041
2/4
Table of Contents
A5.01
-
Engine, exhaust gas system/supercharging
A5.05.06
Exhaust Manifold
A5.05.06.01.01.00
Exhaust Manifold
A5.05.06.01.01.01
Charge Air Cooler
A5.05.06.04.02.00
Charge Air Cooler
A5.05.06.04.02.01
Charge Air Cooler
A5.05.06.04.02.02
Charge Air Cooler
A5.05.06.04.02.03
Charge Air Cooler
A5.05.06.04.02.04
Exhaust gas turbocharger
A5.05.06.05.00.01
Exhaust gas turbocharger
A5.05.06.05.01.01
Exhaust gas turbocharger
A5.05.06.05.01.02
Exhaust gas turbocharger Turbine cleaning
A5.05.06.05.02.03
Exhaust gas turbocharger Turbine cleaning
A5.05.06.05.02.04
Turbocharger
A5.05.06.13.01.00
Turbocharger
A5.05.06.13.01.01
Turbocharger
A5.05.06.13.01.02
Turbocharger
A5.05.06.13.01.03
Turbocharger
A5.05.06.13.01.04
Turbocharger
A5.05.06.13.01.05
Exhaust gas turbocharger
A5.05.06.13.01.06
Abgasturbolader
A5.05.06.13.01.07
Turbocharger
A5.05.06.13.01.08
Exhaust gas turbocharger - HPR 5000 (KBB)
A5.05.06.13.02.11
Exhaust gas turbocharger - HPR 4000 (KBB)
A5.05.06.13.02.12
Engine, fuel system
A5.05.07
Injection Pump
A5.05.07.02.01.00
Injection Pump
A5.05.07.02.01.01
Injection Pump
A5.05.07.02.01.02
Injection Pump
A5.05.07.03.01.00
Injection Pump
A5.05.07.03.01.01
Injection Pump
A5.05.07.03.01.02
Injection Pump
A5.05.07.03.01.03
Fuel Injector
A5.05.07.07.01.00
Fuel Injector
A5.05.07.07.01.02
en / 26.01.2011
AA020041
3/4
Table of Contents
A5.01
-
Fuel Injector
A5.05.07.08.01.01
Fuel Injector
A5.05.07.08.01.02
Fuel Injector
A5.05.07.09.01.00
Fuel Injector
A5.05.07.09.01.01
Duplex Fuel Filter
A5.05.07.12.01.00
Duplex Fuel Preliminary Filter
A5.05.07.12.02.02
Duplex Fuel Preliminary Filter
A5.05.07.12.02.04
Fuel Feed Pump
A5.05.07.13.01.00
Fuel Distributor Line/Manifold Line
A5.05.07.15.01.00
Fuel / Fuel collector rail
A5.05.07.15.01.01
Engine, lubricating oil system
A5.05.08
Lubricating Oil System
A5.05.08.02.01.00
Lube Oil Pump
A5.05.08.03.01.00
Lube Oil Pump
A5.05.08.03.02.00
Lubricating Oil Duplex Filter
A5.05.08.04.01.00
Oil pressure control valve
A5.05.08.05.01.00
Oil pressure control valve
A5.05.08.05.01.01
Prelubricating pump/Prelubrication
A5.05.08.10.00.00
Engine, cooling water system
A5.05.09
Centrifugal Cooling Water Pump
A5.05.09.07.01.00
Centrifugal Cooling Water Pump
A5.05.09.07.01.01
Centrifugal Cooling Water Pump
A5.05.09.07.01.04
Engine control equipment
A5.05.11
Pressure Switches
A5.05.11.01.02.01
Pressure Switches
A5.05.11.01.03.00
RPM Switch
A5.05.11.05.01.02
Lubricating Oil/Cooling Water Thermostat
A5.05.11.06.01.00
Lubricating Oil/Cooling Water Thermostat
A5.05.11.06.01.01
Pressure Switch
A5.05.11.06.05.02
Pressure Switch
A5.05.11.06.06.02
Crankcase Monitoring Device
A5.05.11.09.01.03
Engine auxiliary units
A5.05.12
Vibration Damper
A5.05.12.04.01.03
en / 26.01.2011
AA020041
4/4
Introduction
A5.02
M20/M25/M32/M43
1.
General It is assumed that the engine room personnel has the necessary knowledge and experience required for the proper maintenance and servicing of diesel engines. For this reason and in the interest of clearness we did not go too much into details in the maintenance documents. No claims can be raised owing to missing instructions in the maintenance documents, if damage is caused by improper handling. All information refers to the date of printing.
2.
Explanation of the maintenance system
2.1
Scheduled maintenance Without “Scheduled maintenance” the economic operation of supercharged engine is in the long run not possible at today's state of art. The explanations are used to make the user of this engine plant familiar with the existing maintenance system of Caterpillar Motoren GmbH & Co. KG and to interest and deepen the understanding of the user for the problems and importance of the “Scheduled maintenance”. It is the purpose of the maintenance to replace parts subject to wear and tear or to repair these parts before they are damaged. The “Scheduled maintenance” is thereby supported by inspections according to fixed deadlines. These inspections are decision criteria for the need and extend of maintenance and servicing. The following is used as parameter: •
data on wear and tear
•
evaluation criterion and
•
performance checks
Most of the work to be carried out does not have a fixed deadline since the service life of individual components is highly influenced by environmental and operating conditions, fuel qualities and their care.
en / 14.12.2010
AA047605
1/15
Introduction
A5.02
M20/M25/M32/M43
Therefore the present interval schedule shall not be considered stringent in the long run, but it is left to the user to modify the maintenance schedule in accordance with own experiences. But in any case a sufficient safety margin - even if the mean wearing levels are wellknown - is to be calculated in order to cover the always occurring variations. It is recommended to consult Caterpillar Motoren GmbH & Co. KG with regard to extended intervals in order to maintain the guarantee. The information given by us gives no rise to legal claims.
2.2
Maintenance system The maintenance system consists of: • work interval schedule • job cards • maintenance schedule (large-scale plan) * While the work interval schedule indicates the date when inspection, maintenance or repair shall be carried out, the job cards indicate the manner in which the work is to be carried out.
* will be handed during commissioning of the engine
en / 14.12.2010
AA047605
2/15
Introduction
A5.02
M20/M25/M32/M43
2.2.1
Work interval schedule The work interval schedule shall provide for a quick summary of all intended inspection, maintenance and repair work occurring up to 90,000 operating hours.
The interval schedule is subdivided into the following four areas: • Daily inspection and control work • Initial inspection and maintenance work Work which has to be carried out after first commissioning or commissioning after major repair work. • Periodic maintenance work A list of all recurrent inspection, maintenance and repair work to be carried out at the scheduled date. The indicated intervals are statistical mean values. Other values may be obtained, depending on equipment condition, operating and maintenance conditions. • Maintenance work to be carried out independent of deadlines List of work which may be required in the scope of scheduled work which cannot be allocated to a deadline.
en / 14.12.2010
AA047605
3/15
Introduction
A5.02
M20/M25/M32/M43
2.2.2
Job cards The job cards are instructions for inspection, maintenance, repair and safety check.
¬ Title of the job card Activity
Maintenance work
Discharge valve
A5.05.01.04.01.03
Inspection / Dismounting and mounting Operating hours/maintenance deadline
M20/M25/M32/M43 6,000 / 12,000
01
Engine type Register Main maintenance group
See also: Spare parts list: Time requirement: Personnel qualification: Operating medium:
01.01.01.nn, 01.02.01.nn, 01.08.01.nn B1.05.01.7.2104, B1.05.01.7.2220 1 Pers. / 3 h skilled engine hand Heavy fuel and destillate fuel
Breakdown Chapter maintenance
Subchapter
Operating Instructions
Job cards
Job cards Document number
A5.05. 01.04.01.03 Main maintenance group Maintenance group Subgroup Variant
en / 30.01.10
IB000003
1/1
Date of issue Registration number
Page/number of pages
Language
The job card number consists of the index breakdown (A5.05) and the maintenance number (bold) subdivided into four pairs of digits.
en / 14.12.2010
AA047605
4/15
Introduction
A5.02
M20/M25/M32/M43
•
The first pair of digits indicates the engine main maintenance group:
01.
Cylinder head
08.
Lube oil system
02.
Driving mechanism
09.
Cooling water system
03.
Engine housing
10.
Starting air system
04.
Engine control
11.
Monitors
05.
Regulation
12.
Auxiliary generator sets and tools
06.
Exhaust gas system/ supercharging
13.
Additional installation
07.
Fuel system
In order to facilitate the finding of the engine main group, the pair of digits on the right margin has been set as register 01 . • The second and third pair of digits indicates the subgroups of the main group and the titles of the job card where maintenance work is required. • The fourth pair of digits indicates the type of variant. • See job card: Reference is made to other job cards required for maintenance work. At this point the types of variants (fourth pair of digit) are marked “nn”. • Spare parts sheets: For easy finding of necessary comsumables and spare parts for the maintenance group in the Spare parts catalogue, indicating other design details in the illustrations, if necessary. The third pair of digits in the index breakdown in the spare parts number indicates the main group/register. • Fuel: Documenting the sold type of fuel of the engine plant. • In the maintenance sheets the checks, maintenance, cleaning and repair works of the maintenance sheets are briefly designated
en / 14.12.2010
AA047605
5/15
Introduction
A5.02
M20/M25/M32/M43
• Under the designation "tools (W)" only special and additional tools are listed with the tool No. Not all of these tools are included in the normal scope of supply. • Together with the engine type it will be indicated for what engine the job card is valid. • The indicated personnel and time requirement does not define the working time of the individual person. • The indicated time is based on estimated mean values which may deviate according to the equipment of the plant and its maintenance conditions. Wherever the required working time depends on the number of cylinders the indicated time of the maintenance sheets refers to one cylinder unit only.
2.2.3
Maintenance schedule (Periodic maintenance work) A large-scale plan showing all maintenance work up to the largest maintenance interval clearly indicating all occurrences and the future work expenditure for the individual components. It would be useful to mount the plan on a wall; when this is not possible for space reasons, it has to be folded and filed in the map “maintenance forms” *. We cannot and will not give instructions for handling this plan but we will only give you some guidelines how to use this plan as an aid for the maintenance system. The work already carried out will be countersigned in fields intended for this purpose. Different colours can be used to differentiate between the results, e.g.: green = no defects/o.k.; yellow = readjustment/correction (e.g. clearances); red = damage/replacement of parts. Typical consumption parts which are replaced routinely or any time mounting is carried out (O-ring seals, O-rings etc.) are not considered defective parts.
* The map will be handed during commissioning of the engine
en / 14.12.2010
AA047605
6/15
Introduction
A5.02
M20/M25/M32/M43
3.
Safety instructions
3.1
Safety symbols
In the present operating instructions the following warning notices are used:
DANGER
A warning notice of this risk level signals the threat of a dangerous situation. If the dangerous situation is not prevented, it will lead to death or serious injury. Follow the instructions in this warning notice to prevent the risk of death or serious injury to persons.
WARNING
A warning notice of this risk level signals a potentially dangerous situation. If the dangerous situation is not prevented, this could lead to death or serious injury to persons. Follow the instructions in this warning notice to prevent the possible risk of death or serious injury to persons.
CAUTION
A warning notice of this risk level signals a potentially dangerous situation. If the dangerous situation is not prevented, this could lead to minor or moderate injury. Follow the instructions in this warning notice to prevent injury to persons.
en / 14.12.2010
AA047605
7/15
Introduction
A5.02
M20/M25/M32/M43
CAUTION
A warning notice of this risk level signals possible damage to property. If the situation is not prevented, this could lead to damage to property. Follow the instructions in this warning notice to prevent damage to property.
NOTE
A note identifies additional information that facilitates the handling of the engine.
en / 14.12.2010
AA047605
8/15
Introduction
A5.02
M20/M25/M32/M43
3.2
General safety instructions
Our engine is equipped with a monitoring system and an emergency stop system to prevent damage caused to the operators' health as well as damages to the engine. Within the scope of commissioning all mechanical, electric and pneumatic equipment and systems allowing the engine to be stopped for safety reasons will be demonstrated and explained by our commissioning personnel. Participants in this acceptance procedure are the authorized personnel of Caterpillar Motoren GmbH & Co. KG, the managing and operating personnel of the operator and also representatives of the insurance companies. This important system is subject to recurrent inspections and tests in order to ensure proper function of its individual components. In the section "Scheduled Maintenance" you will find the respective test frequencies and related job instructions that should be followed to protect the personnel from injuries and prevent material damages.
NOTE The provisions of the relevant accident prevention regulations of the appropriate employer's liability insurance association are to be observed any time operation and repair work is carried out.
en / 14.12.2010
AA047605
9/15
Introduction
A5.02
M20/M25/M32/M43
WARNING Keep all handles, steps, handrails, platforms, ladders free from dirt, e.g. oil, grease, fuel! Use only suitable and technically perfect lifting gear and suspension systems with adequate lifting capacity! Never work or stand under suspended loads! During replacement work, individual parts and large assemblies are to be carefully fastened and secured on hoists to avoid risks of accidents! Re-install removed guards and protecting devices on completion of work. When carrying out overhead assembly work, the specially designed or safety-oriented climbing aids are to be used only! Do not use engine/plant parts for climbing on! Use personal protective equipment as far as necessary or as required by the regulations! Pressurized plant components (lube oil, hydraulic oil, fuel, cooling water, starting and control air) must be depressurized. Shut-off valves are to be secured by a plate “Do not open”! When work is being carried out on engines and systems, the switch-on devices have to be switched off and protected. In order to prevent reconnection, the engines and systems have to be marked with a plate “Do not switch” or an appropriate pictogram plate! Mounting openings are to be protected! Replaced seals should be disposed of immediately, and above all, it should be taken care that this material is not overheated even by accident e.g. during combustion and welding operations. If this should however has happened, the gases emitted must not be inhaled. Skin contact with decomposed VITONR is to be avoided at all times. After a fire with VITONR, it is essential that neoprene gloves are worn during the clearing up operations.
en / 14.12.2010
AA047605
10/15
Introduction
A5.02
M20/M25/M32/M43
CAUTION Seals made of VITONR have been used at various locations in the engine. With normal engine operation this material is completely harmless, however it should not be exposed to temperatures above 300 °C, since above 325 °C a thermal decomposition and the formation of hydrofluoric acid can occur.
CAUTION Maintenance and repair work must only be carried out by skilled and authorized personnel!
NOTE Any residues have to be neutralized before their disposal, i.e. saturated with calcium hydroxide. Clean the engine parts, especially connections and threaded unions of any traces of oil, fuel or preservatives before carrying out maintenance/repair (disassembly, assembly)! Never use aggresive detergents and preservatives! Use non-fuzzy cleaning rags! Observe all indicating labels attached to the engine!
en / 14.12.2010
AA047605
11/15
Introduction
A5.02
M20/M25/M32/M43
3.3
Working on electrical equipment
CAUTION Work on the electrical equipment of the engine/plant must be carried out only by a skilled electrician or by instructed persons under the supervision and guidance of a skilled electrician in accordance with the electrical engineering rules and regulations! Use only original fuses with the specified current raiting! Switch off the engine/plant immediately if trouble occurs in the electrical system! The electrical equipment is to be inspected/checked at regular intervals. Defects such as loose connections or scorched cables must be rectified immediately!
DANGER Engine or plant parts on which inspection and maintenance work is being carried out have to be - if prescribed - shut off at the power supply and provided with the notice “Do not switch on” or the corresponding warning sign!
en / 14.12.2010
AA047605
12/15
Introduction
A5.02
M20/M25/M32/M43
3.4
Working with hydraulic devices
WARNING Do not place parts of your body above/below pressurized hydraulic tools! Replace hydraulic hose lines at regular intervals, even if no safety relevant defects are detectable! Operating instructions, tightening torques and setting dimensions specified in the appropriate job card are to be carefully observed! The minimum bending radius of the high-pressure hoses are to be strictly observed! The hose lines are to be protected against damage caused by external mechanical, thermal or chemical influences!
3.5
Checking and adjustment of injection valve
CAUTION During testing make sure that no parts of your body are positioned in the area of the fuel jet! Do not inhale the fuel mist - respiratory mask!
en / 14.12.2010
AA047605
13/15
Introduction
A5.02
M20/M25/M32/M43
3.6
Handling of liquid nitrogen or carbon dioxide snow
WARNING When handling liquid nitrogen or carbon dioxide snow, safety shoes, safety gloves and safety glasses are to be worn in order to avoid injuries. Observe protection against cold!
CAUTION Parts of the skin which have come into contact with liquid nitrogen or carbon dioxide snow must not be rubbed but covered with sterile surgical bandage
3.7
Cleansing agents/chemicals
NOTE Use only cleansing agents with a flash point above 65 °C! Observe instructions for use in accordance with DIN safety data sheet of the regulations for dangerous substances! Observe the specialist disposal of all cleansing agents and chemicals in accordance with the regulations for dangerous substances! In case of accident, observe the accident leaflets including first-aid actions for dangerous substances in accordance with the regulations for dangerous substances!
en / 14.12.2010
AA047605
14/15
Introduction
A5.02
M20/M25/M32/M43
3.8
Proposition 65 Warning
NOTE California / USA Proposition 65 Warning Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are known to the state of California to cause cancer, birth defects, and other reproductive harm.
en / 14.12.2010
AA047605
15/15
Periodical schedule
A5.04.01
Distillate fuel M20
Intervall
Designation / Work to be carried out Remarks
Doc-Nr.
Daily inspection and monitoring procedures (if it is not automated)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------General
Engine operating data Compare with acceptance test records: Speed, rating
Chapter 3 Technical engine data Acceptance test record
Temperature
Lubricating oil Engine inlet; Temperature rise at rated output see also acceptance test record
Chapter 3 Technical engine data Temp. of operating medias
Temperature
Cooling water Engine outlet; Temperature rise at rated output see also acceptance test record
Chapter 3 Technical engine data Temp. of operating medias
Temperature
Nozzle cooling oil Chapter 3 Upstream nozzles
Chapter 3 Technical engine data Temp. of operating medias
Temperature
Cooling water Upstream charge air cooler; downstream charge air cooler
Temperature
Cooling water Upstream charge air cooler; downstream charge air cooler
Chapter 3 Technical engine data Acceptance test record
Temperature
Exhaust gas After cylinder; downstream turbocharger
Chapter 3 Technical engine data Acceptance test record
Pressure
Lubricating oil At the main bearing or at the camshaft bearing see also acceptance test record
Chapter 3 Technical engine data Press. of operating medias
Pressure
Cooling water Upstream engine see also acceptance test record
Chapter 3 Technical engine data Press. of operating medias
Pressure
Fuel Upstream pumps
Chapter 3 Technical engine data Press. of operating medias
Pressure
Control air
Chapter 3 Technical engine data Press. of operating medias
Pressure
Starting air
Chapter 3 Technical engine data Press. of operating medias
Pressure
Charge air Upstream charge air cooler; downstream charge air cooler
Chapter 3 Technical engine data Acceptance test record
en / 26.01.2011
AA020780
A1.10
1/9
Periodical schedule
A5.04.01
Distillate fuel M20
Intervall
Designation / Work to be carried out Remarks
Lube oil system
Lube oil circulation tank Check of the lube oil level
Chapter 1 Operating instructions
Lube oil system
Lubricating oil duplex filter Maintenance/Cleaning at 50 % differential pressure
A5.05.08.04.01.00
Cooling water system
Expansion tank Check of the cooling water level
Chapter 1 Operating instructions
Fuel system
Day tank Check of the fuel level
Chapter 1 Operating instructions
Fuel system
Fuel duplex filter Maintenance/Cleaning at 50 % differential pressure
A5.05.07.12.01.00
Pressure air
Air bottles Drain
Chapter1 Operating instructions
en / 26.01.2011
Doc-Nr.
AA020780
2/9
Periodical schedule
A5.04.01
Distillate fuel M20
Intervall
Designation / Work to be carried out Remarks
Doc-Nr.
First inspection and maintenance procedures Work to be carried out after the first commissioning or after major repairs.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------24 h
Duplex fuel filter Maintenance/Cleaning at 50 % differential pressure clean strainer
A5.05.07.12.01.00
24 h
Lubricating oil system Maintenance/Oil change
A5.05.08.02.01.00
24 h
Lubricating oil duplex filter Maintenance/Cleaning at 50 % differential pressure clean cartridges
A5.05.08.04.01.00
150 h
Valve clearance Inspection/Adjust
A5.05.01.01.01.nn
150 h
Engine bolting and unions Inspection/Checking Tight fit and leaks
A5.05.03.07.01.00
150 h
Compressed air strainer Maintenance/Cleaning
A5.05.05.09.06.nn
en / 26.01.2011
AA020780
3/9
Periodical schedule
A5.04.01
Distillate fuel M20
Intervall
Designation / Work to be carried out Remarks
Doc-Nr.
Periodical maintenance procedures
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------24 h
Compressed air strainer Maintenance/Cleaning
A5.05.05.09.06.nn
24 h
Turbocharger Maintenance/Cleaning see book C
A5.05.06.05.00.01
150 h
Valve rotor Inspection/Evaluate
A5.05.01.03.01.00
150 h
Cylinder head Inspection/Checking of all cylinder units
A5.05.01.10.00.00
150 h
Vorschmierpumpe/Vorschmierung Wartung/Prüfen
A5.05.08.10.00.00
300 h
Turbocharger Maintenance/Cleaning see book C
A5.05.06.05.00.01
300 h
Turbocharger Maintenance/Cleaning see book C
A5.05.06.13.01.nn
750 h
Cooling water system Inspection/Anti-corrosion oil
A4.05.09.01
750 h
Duplex Fuel Filter Maintenance/Cleaning
A5.05.07.12.01.00
1.500 h
Valve clearance Inspection/Adjust
A5.05.01.01.01.nn
1.500 h
Running gear/Engine timing Inspection/Checking
A5.05.02.01.01.00
1.500 h
Crankcase explosion safety valve Inspection/Checking
A5.05.03.01.01.nn
1.500 h
Control shaft bedding Maintenance/Checking
A5.05.05.01.02.00
1.500 h
Governor Governor behaviour/Governor control rod see book C
3.750 h
Running gear/Engine timing Inspection/Checking
A5.05.02.01.01.00
3.750 h
Timing gear train Inspection/Checking
A5.05.04.08.01.00
en / 26.01.2011
AA020780
4/9
Periodical schedule
A5.04.01
Distillate fuel M20
Intervall
Designation / Work to be carried out Remarks
Doc-Nr.
3.750 h
Actuator Inspection/Adjust
A5.05.05.04.01.nn
3.750 h
Starting fuel limiter Inspection/Disassembly and reassembly
A5.05.05.05.01.00
3.750 h
Pressure switch Inspection/Adjust
A5.05.11.01.02.01
3.750 h
Pressure switch Inspection/Adjust
A5.05.11.01.03.00
3.750 h
Governor Oil change see book C
7.500 h
Anti-corrosion oil emulsion Changing
A4.05.09.02
7.500 h
Inlet and exhaust valves Inspection/Disassembly and reassembly of one cylinder unit
A5.05.01.07.01.01
7.500 h
Piston rings and grooves Inspection/Checking of one cylinder unit
A5.05.02.07.01.nn
7.500 h
Compressed air filter Maintenance/Cleaning
A5.05.05.09.06.nn
7.500 h
Exhaust manifold Maintenance/Disassembly and reassembly
A5.05.06.01.01.nn
7.500 h
Turbo Charger Sound Absorber Inspection/Cleaning
A5.05.06.05.01.nn
7,500 h
Injection pump Inspection/Disassembly and reassembly of one pump
A5.05.07.03.01.nn
7.500 h
Fuel injector Repair/Disassembly and reassembly
A5.05.07.09.01.nn
7.500 h
RPM-switch Inspection/Adjust
A5.05.11.05.01.02
7.500 h
Lubricating Oil/Cooling Water Thermostat Maintenance/Checking
A5.05.11.06.01.nn
7.500 h
Oil mist detector Inspection/Checking
A5.05.11.09.01.03
15.000 h
Nozzle sleeve Maintenance/Disassesmbly and reassembly
A5.05.01.06.50.00
en / 26.01.2011
AA020780
5/9
Periodical schedule
A5.04.01
Distillate fuel M20
Intervall
Designation / Work to be carried out Remarks
Doc-Nr.
15.000 h
Inlet and exhaust valves Inspection/Disassembly and reassembly of all inlet and exhaust valves
A5.05.01.07.01.01
15.000 h
Big-end bearings Inspection/Disassembly of one big-endbearing
A5.05.02.04.01.01
15.000 h
Main bearings Inspection/Disassembly of two main bearings
A5.05.02.05.01.01
15.000 h
Governor drive Inspection/Disassembly and reassembly
A5.05.04.08.03.00
15.000 h
Vibration damper on camshaft Repair/Disassembly and reassembly
A5.05.04.09.01.nn
15.000 h
Exhaust gas turbocharger Maintenance/Cleaning resp. revision of turbocharger see book C
A5.05.06.05.00.01
15,000 h
Injection pump Inspection/Disassembly and reassembly of all pumps
A5.05.07.03.01.nn
15.000 h
Fuel feed pump Maintenance/Disassembly and reassembly
A5.05.07.13.01.00
15.000 h
Lub oil pump Inspection/Checking
A5.05.08.03.01.00
15,000 h
Oil pressure regulating valve Maintenance/Adjust
A5.05.08.05.01.nn
15.000 h
Centrifugal cooling water pump Maintenance/Disassembly and reassembly
A5.05.09.07.01.nn
30.000 h
Valve rocker Maintenance/Disassembly and reassembly
A5.05.01.02.02.00
30.000 h
Valve guide/Oil scraper ring Inspection/Replace at all valves
A5.05.01.05.01.01
30.000 h
Cylinder head Maintenance/Cleaning
A5.05.01.10.01.01
30.000 h
Big-end bearings Inspection/Disassembly exchange all big-end bearings
A5.05.02.04.01.01
30.000 h
Main bearings Inspection/Disassembly exchange of all bearings
A5.05.02.05.01.01
en / 26.01.2011
AA020780
6/9
Periodical schedule
A5.04.01
Distillate fuel M20
Intervall
Designation / Work to be carried out Remarks
Doc-Nr.
30.000 h
Piston rings and grooves Inspection/Checking all cylinder units
A5.05.02.07.01.nn
30.000 h
Cylinder liner Maintenance/Disassembly at all cylinder units
A5.05.03.04.01.00
30.000 h
Control valves Inspection/Checking
A5.05.05.09.05.00
30.000 h
Exhaust manifold Maintenance/Disassembly and reassembly
A5.05.06.01.01.nn
30.000 h
Vibration damper Maintenance/Disassembly and reassembly
A5.05.12.04.01.03
en / 26.01.2011
AA020780
7/9
Periodical schedule
A5.04.01
Distillate fuel M20
Intervall
Designation / Work to be carried out Remarks
Doc-Nr.
Non-interval dependent maintenance procedures
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
en / 26.01.2011
Valve rocker brackets Maintenance/Disassembly and reassembly
A5.05.01.02.01.00
Media guiding system Maintenance/Disassembly and reassembly
A5.05.01.05.50.00
Cylinder head Maintenance/Disassembly
A5.05.01.06.01.00
Inlet and exhaust valve cones Repair/Checking
A5.05.01.08.01.nn
Valve seat ring Repair/Checking
A5.05.01.08.02.nn
Cylinder head Repair/Reassembly
A5.05.01.11.01.00
Crank web deflection Inspection/Measuring
A5.05.02.02.01.00
Bearing shells Inspection/Evaluate
A5.05.02.03.07.01
Al-grooved bearings Inspection/Evaluate
A5.05.02.03.09.01
Big-end bearings Inspection/Reassembly
A5.05.02.04.02.00
Main bearings Maintenance/Reassembly
A5.05.02.05.02.00
Piston Maintenance/Disassembly
A5.05.02.06.01.nn
Piston Maintenance/Reassembly
A5.05.02.10.01.01
Cylinder liner Maintenance/Reassembly
A5.05.03.04.02.00
Engine bolting and unions Inspection/Checking
A5.05.03.07.01.00
Camshaft Repair/Disassembly and reassembly
A5.05.04.04.01.nn
Charge air cooler Maintenance/Disassembly and reassembly
A5.05.06.04.02.nn
AA020780
8/9
Periodical schedule
A5.04.01
Distillate fuel M20
Intervall
en / 26.01.2011
Designation / Work to be carried out Remarks
Doc-Nr.
Turbocharger Maintenance/Cleaning see book C
A5.05.06.05.00.01
Injection pump Repair/Disassembly and reassembly
A5.05.07.02.01.nn
Injection pump Maintenance/Disassembly and reassembly
A5.05.07.03.01.nn
Fuel injector Maintenance/Disassembly and reassembly
A5.05.07.07.01.nn
Fuel injector Maintenance/Adjust
A5.05.07.08.01.nn
Duplex fuel filter Maintenance/Cleaning
A5.05.07.12.01.00
Fuel Distributor Line/Manifold Line Repair/Disassembly and reassembly
A5.05.07.15.01.nn
Lubricating oil system Maintenance/oil change
A5.05.08.02.01.00
Lub oil pump Maintenance/Disassembly and reassembly
A5.05.08.03.02.00
Lubricating oil duplex filter Maintenance/Cleaning
A5.05.08.04.01.00
AA020780
9/9
Periodical schedule
A5.04.02
Heavy fuel M20
Intervall
Designation / Work to be carried out Remarks
Doc-Nr.
Daily inspection and monitoring procedures (if it is not automated)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------General
Engine operating data Compare with acceptance test records: Speed, rating
Chapter 3 Technical engine data Acceptance test record
Temperature
Lubricating oil Engine inlet; Temperature rise at rated output see also acceptance test record
Chapter 3 Technical engine data Temp. of operating medias
Temperature
Cooling water Engine outlet; Temperature rise at rated output see also acceptance test record
Chapter 3 Technical engine data Temp. of operating medias
Temperature
Fuel Upstream pumps
Chapter 3 Technical engine data Press. of operating medias
Temperature
Cooling water Upstream charge air cooler; downstream charge air cooler
Chapter 3 Technical engine data Acceptance test record
Temperature
Charge air Upstream charge air cooler; downstream charge air cooler
Chapter 3 Technical engine data Acceptance test record
Temperature
Exhaust gas After cylinder; downstream turbocharger
Chapter 3 Technical engine data Acceptance test record
Pressure
Lubricating oil At the main bearing or at the camshaft bearing see also acceptance test record
Chapter 3 Technical engine data Press. of operating medias
Pressure
Cooling water Upstream engine see also acceptance test record
Chapter 3 Technical engine data Press. of operating medias
Pressure
Fuel Upstream pumps
Chapter 3 Technical engine data Press. of operating medias
Pressure
Control air
Chapter 3 Technical engine data Press. of operating medias
Pressure
Starting air
Chapter 3 Technical engine data Press. of operating medias
Pressure
Charge air Upstream charge air cooler; downstream charge air cooler
Chapter 3 Technical engine data Acceptance test record
en / 26.01.2011
AA021679
1/9
Periodical schedule
A5.04.02
Heavy fuel M20
Intervall
Designation / Work to be carried out Remarks
Lube oil system
Lube oil circulation tank Check of the lube oil level
Chapter 1 Operating instructions
Lube oil system
Lubricating oil duplex filter Maintenance/Cleaning at 50 % differential pressure
A5.05.08.04.01.00
Cooling water system
Expansion tank Check of the cooling water level
Chapter 1 Operating instructions
Fuel system
Day tank Check of the fuel level
Chapter 1 Operating instructions
Fuel system
Fuel duplex filter Maintenance/Cleaning at 50 % differential pressure
A5.05.07.12.01.00
Pressure air
Air bottles Drain
Chapter1 Operating instructions
en / 26.01.2011
Doc-Nr.
AA021679
2/9
Periodical schedule
A5.04.02
Heavy fuel M20
Intervall
Designation / Work to be carried out Remarks
Doc-Nr.
First inspection and maintenance procedures Work to be carried out after the first commissioning or after major repairs
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------24 h
Duplex fuel filter Maintenance/Cleaning at 50 % differential pressure clean strainer
A5.05.07.12.01.00
24 h
Lubricating oil system Maintenance/Oil change
A5.05.08.02.01.00
24 h
Lubricating oil duplex filter Maintenance/Cleaning at 50 % differential pressure clean cartridges
A5.05.08.04.01.00
150 h
Valve clearance Inspection/Adjust
A5.05.01.01.01.nn
150 h
Engine bolting and unions Inspection/Checking Tight fit and leaks
A5.05.03.07.01.00
en / 26.01.2011
AA021679
3/9
Periodical schedule
A5.04.02
Heavy fuel M20
Intervall
Designation / Work to be carried out Remarks
Doc-Nr.
Periodical maintenance procedures
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------24 h
Compressed air strainer Maintenance/Cleaning
A5.05.05.09.06.nn
24 h
Turbocharger Maintenance/Cleaning see book C
A5.05.06.05.00.01
150 h
Valve rotor Inspection/Evaluate
A5.05.01.03.01.00
150 h
Cylinder head Inspection/Checking of all cylinder units
A5.05.01.10.00.00
150 h
Prelubricating pump/Prelubrication Maintenance/Checking
A5.05.08.10.00.00
300 h
Turbocharger Maintenance/Cleaning see book C
A5.05.06.05.00.01
300 h
Turbocharger Maintenance/Cleaning
A5.05.06.13.01.nn
750 h
Cooling water system Inspection/Anti-corrosion oil
A4.05.09.01
750 h
Duplex fuel prefilter Maintenance/Cleaning
A5.05.07.12.02.nn
750 h
Oil mist detector Inspection/Checking
A5.05.11.09.01.03
1.500 h
Valve clearance Inspection/Adjust
A5.05.01.01.01.nn
1.500 h
Running gear/Engine timing Inspection/Checking
A5.05.02.01.01.00
1.500 h
Crankcase explosion safety valve Inspection/Checking
A5.05.03.01.01.nn
1.500 h
Control shaft bedding Maintenance/Checking
A5.05.05.01.02.00
1.500 h
Kurbelraumüberwachungsgerät Kontrolle/Prüfen
A5.05.11.09.01.03
1.500 h
Governor Governor behaviour/Governor control rod see book C
3.750h
Running gear/Engine timing Inspection/Checking
en / 26.01.2011
A5.05.02.01.01.00
AA021679
4/9
Periodical schedule
A5.04.02
Heavy fuel M20
Intervall
Designation / Work to be carried out Remarks
Doc-Nr.
3.750 h
Timing gear train Inspection/Checking
A5.05.04.08.01.00
3.750 h
Actuator Inspection/Adjust
A5.05.05.04.01.nn
3.750 h
Starting fuel limiter Inspection/Disassembly and reassembly
A5.05.05.05.01.00
3.750 h
Pressure switch Inspection/Adjust
A5.05.11.01.02.01
3.750 h
Pressure switch Inspection/Adjust
A5.05.11.01.03.00
3.750 h
Governor Oil change see book C
7.500 h
Anti-corrosion oil emulsion Changing
A4.05.09.02
7.500 h
Inlet and exhaust valves Inspection/Disassembly and reassembly of one cylinder unit
A5.05.01.07.01.01
7.500 h
Piston rings and grooves Inspection/Checking of one cylinder unit
A5.05.02.07.01.nn
7.500 h
Compressed air strainer Maintenance/Cleaning
A5.05.05.09.06.nn
7.500 h
Exhaust manifold Maintenance/Disassembly and reassembly
A5.05.06.01.01.nn
7,500 h
Injection pump Inspection/Disassembly and reassembly of one pump
A5.05.07.03.01.nn
7.500 h
Injection valve Repair/Disassembly and reassembly
A5.05.07.09.01.nn
7.500 h
RPM-switch Inspection/Adjust
A5.05.11.05.01.02
7.500 h
Lubricating Oil/Cooling Water Thermostat Maintenance/Checking
A5.05.11.06.01.nn
7.500 h
Oil mist detector Inspection/Checking
A5.05.11.09.01.03
15.000 h
Valve guide/Oil scraper ring Inspection/Replace at all valves
A5.05.01.05.01.01
en / 26.01.2011
AA021679
5/9
Periodical schedule
A5.04.02
Heavy fuel M20
Intervall
Designation / Work to be carried out Remarks
Doc-Nr.
15,000 h
Nozzle sleeve Maintenance/Disassesmbly and reassembly
A5.05.01.06.50.00
15.000 h
Inlet and exhaust valves Inspection/Disassembly and reassembly of all inlet and exhaust valves
A5.05.01.07.01.01
15.000 h
Cylinder head Maintenance/Cleaning
A5.05.01.10.01.01
15.000 h
Big-end bearings Inspection/Disassembly of one big-end bearing
A5.05.02.04.01.01
15.000 h
Main bearings Inspection/Disassembly of two main bearings
A5.05.02.05.01.01
15.000 h
Governor drive Inspection/Disassembly and reassembly
A5.05.04.08.03.00
15.000 h
Vibration damper on camshaft Repair/Disassembly and reassembly
A5.05.04.09.01.nn
15,000 h
Injection pump Inspection/Disassembly and reassembly of all pumps
A5.05.07.03.01.nn
15.000 h
Fuel feed pump Maintenance disassembly and reassembly
A5.05.07.13.01.00
15.000 h
Lub oil pump Inspection/Checking
A5.05.08.03.01.00
15.000 h
Centrifugal cooling water pump Maintenance/Disassembly and reassembly
A5.05.09.07.01.nn
30.000 h
Valve rocker Maintenance/Disassembly and reassembly
A5.05.01.02.02.00
30.000 h
Big-end bearings Inspection/Disassembly exchange of all big-endbearings
A5.05.02.04.01.01
30.000 h
Main bearings Inspection/Disassembly exchange of all bearings
A5.05.02.05.01.01
30.000 h
Piston rings and grooves Inspection/Checking all cylinder units
A5.05.02.07.01.nn
30.000 h
Cylinder liner Maintenance/Disassembly at all cylinder units
A5.05.03.04.01.00
en / 26.01.2011
AA021679
6/9
Periodical schedule
A5.04.02
Heavy fuel M20
Intervall
Designation / Work to be carried out Remarks
Doc-Nr.
30.000 h
Control valves Inspection/Checking
A5.05.05.09.05.00
30.000 h
Exhaust manifold Maintenance/Disassembly and reassembly
A5.05.06.01.01.nn
30.000 h
Vibration damper Maintenance/Disassembly and reassembly
A5.05.12.04.01.03
en / 26.01.2011
AA021679
7/9
Periodical schedule
A5.04.02
Heavy fuel M20
Intervall
Designation / Work to be carried out Remarks
Doc-Nr.
Non-interval dependent maintenance procedures
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
en / 26.01.2011
Valve rocker brackets Maintenance/Disassembly and reassembly
A5.05.01.02.01.00
Media guiding system Maintenance/Disassembly and reassembly
A5.05.01.05.50.00
Cylinder head Maintenance/Disassembly
A5.05.01.06.01.00
Inlet and exhaust valve cones Repair/Checking
A5.05.01.08.01.nn
Valve seat ring Repair/Checking
A5.05.01.08.02.nn
Cylinder head Repair/Reassembly
A5.05.01.11.01.00
Crank web deflection Inspection/Measuring
A5.05.02.02.01.00
Bearing shells Inspection/Evaluate
A5.05.02.03.07.01
Al-grooved bearings Inspection/Evaluate
A5.05.02.03.09.01
Big-end bearings Inspection/Reassembly
A5.05.02.04.02.00
Main bearings Maintenance/Reassembly
A5.05.02.05.02.00
Piston Maintenance/Disassembly
A5.05.02.06.01.nn
Piston Wartung/Montage
A5.05.02.10.01.01
Cylinder liner Maintenance/Reassembly
A5.05.03.04.02.00
Engine bolting and unions Inspection/Checking
A5.05.03.07.01.00
Camshaft Repair/Disassembly and reassembly
A5.05.04.04.01.nn
Actuator Maintenance/Disassembly and reassembly
A5.05.05.04.01.nn
Charge air cooler Maintenance/disassembly and reassembly
A5.05.06.04.02.nn
AA021679
8/9
Periodical schedule
A5.04.02
Heavy fuel M20
Intervall
en / 26.01.2011
Designation / Work to be carried out Remarks
Doc-Nr.
Injection pump Repair/Disassembly and reassembly
A5.05.07.02.01.nn
Injection pump Repair/Disassembly and reassembly
A5.05.07.02.01.nn
Injection pump Maintenance/Disassembly and reassembly
A5.05.07.03.01.nn
Injection valve Maintenance/Disassembly and reassembly
A5.05.07.07.01.nn
Injection valve Maintenance/Adjust
A5.05.07.08.01.nn
Duplex fuel filter Maintenance/Cleaning
A5.05.07.12.01.00
Fuel Distributor Line/Manifold Line Repair/Disassembly and reassembly
A5.05.07.15.01.nn
Lubricating oil system Maintenance/oil change
A5.05.08.02.01.00
Lub oil pump Maintenance/Disassembly and reassembly
A5.05.08.03.02.00
Lubricating oil duplex filter Maintenance/Cleaning
A5.05.08.04.01.00
AA021679
9/9
Valve Clearance
A5.05. 01.01.01.00
Inspection / Adjust M20 1500 See also:
02.01.01.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.01.2.2107
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,50 h
01
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Inspection: 150 operating hours after first commissioning or after basic overhaul, the valve clearance is to be checked and readjusted, followed by a check after 1,500 operating hours.
Tools: Turning rod Feeler gauge
W1 * W2 *
2.9100-380 1.9075-3
* not available as figure
NOTE The valve clearance shall only be measured with warm engine, i.e. 15 min after the engine is shut down.
Valve clearance (Fig. 1/S): Inlet0.6 mm Exhaust:0.8 mm Readjust the valve bridge position to the valve spindles before each valve clearance adjustment, during inspections at intervals or due to works at the valve drive components
Sequence of operations: 1.
Adjust valve bridge.
1.1
Open decompression valves.
1.2
Remove the hoods without damaging the packing.
1.3
Turn the crank shaft in such a manner that the piston of the cylinder to be adjusted is moved to the ignition dead center position.
en / 30.09.2010
IB021028
1/2
Valve Clearance
A5.05. 01.01.01.00
Inspection / Adjust M20 1500 1.4
Adjust a sufficiently large clearance “s” between the valve rocker (Fig. 1/1) and/or valve bridge by folding back the valve rocker (1) and/or by adjusting the valve adjusting screw (2).
1.5
Loosen counternut (Fig. 2/3) and unscrew the adjusting screw (4) until there is sufficient clearance when the valve bridge is tipped in the direction of rotation “a”.
1.6
Tilt the valve bridge in the direction of rotation “b” and screw the adjusting screw (Fig. 3/4) into the valve bridge until the valve bridge has contact at both valves. Tighten counternut (3).
01
NOTE During tightening of the counternut, the adjusting screw (4) turns back so far that an equal gap between valve bridge and both valves is obtained. 2.
Adjust the valve clearance.
2.1
Measure the clearance (Fig. 1/S) by means of a feeler gauge. Thereby, press the pushrod down.
2.2
Correct clearance “s”.
2.2.1
Loosen counternut.
2.2.2
Turn the square of the valve adjusting screw (2) until the prescribed clearance is obtained.
2.2.3
Retighten the counternut to fix the position of the adjusting screw.
2.2.4
Recheck the clearance after the counternut is tightened.
en / 30.09.2010
IB021028
2/2
Valve clearance
A5.05. 01.01.01.02
Inspection / Adjust M20 1500 See also:
02.01.01.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.01.2.2107
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,50 h
01
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Inspection: Check valve clearance, adjust if necessary
every
1.500 h
Tools: Feeler gauge Turning rod * not illustrated
W1 * W2 *
1.9075-003 2.9100-380
NOTE The valve clearance should only be measured when the engine is warm, i.e. 15 min. after the engine is shut down. The position of the valve bridge must be readjusted before adjusting the valve clearance during scheduled inspections or due to work being carried out on the valve drive components.
Sequence of operations: 1.
Adjust valve bridge.
NOTE The adjustment is necessary so that the clearance “s“ of the valve bridge (Fig.1/1) is distributed evenly onto the corresponding valve cones (2,3). There must be a sufficient clearance ”s” between the valve adjusting screw (4) and the valve bridge (1) when adjusting the valve bridge. 1.1
Open the decompression valve.
1.2
Remove the cylinder head covers.
1.3
Move the cylinder to be adjusted to firing TDC. Inlet and exhaust valves are closed, rocker arm relieved.
1.4
Release valve bridge (1) of rocker arm (5). Enlarge clearance „s“ and/or flap back rocker arm (5).
en / 30.09.2010
IB025384
1/2
Valve clearance
A5.05. 01.01.01.02
Inspection / Adjust M20 1500 1.5
Release locknut (6) and unsrew setting bolt (7) until a contact in „X” without clearance is reached.
1.6
At this position of the valve bridge screw in setting bolt (7) until contact at „Y” without any clearance is reached. Valve bridge must not be tited.
1.7
Hold tight setting bolt (7) and tighten locknut (6) with
01
M = 30 Nm. 1.8
Check absence of clearance at „X“ and „Y“ with feeler gauge of 0.02 mm (W1). Afterwards adjust valve clearance „s“ as per instruction.
2.
Adjust valve clearance
2.1
Press the rocker arm (5) onto the push rod and measure the clearance „s“ with the feeler gauge.
2.2
Correct the clearance “s”:
2.2.1
Loosen counter nut (8).
2.2.2
Turn the valve adjusting screws (4) until the specified clearance ”s” has been attained.
Valve clearance „s“:
2.2.3
Inlet:
0.6 mm
Outlet:
0.8 mm
Tighten counter nut (8) with M = 90 Nm
2.2.4
Check the clearance ”s” again.
2.3
Check the gaskets for the cylinder cover hoods and mount the cylinder cover hood.
2.4
Remove turning rod
2.5
Close decompression valves.
en / 30.09.2010
IB025384
2/2
Valve Rocker Brackets
A5.05. 01.02.01.00
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20
See also:
01.01.01.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.01.2.2107
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,20 h
01
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Tools: Torque wrench 40 - 180 Nm 1/2" Turning rod
W1 * W2 *
1.9454-40 2.9100-380
* not available as figure
Auxiliary material: Molykote paste “G-Rapid Plus” ** ** or a product of equal standard
Sequence of operations: 1.
Disassembly
1.1
Remove the cylinder head cover.
1.2
Move the piston to firing TDC. Inlet valves and exhaust valves are closed, valve rocker is relieved.
1.3
Unscrew the nuts (Fig. 1/1 and 2).
1.4
Remove the valve rocker bracket with inlet rocker and exhaust rocker.
2.
Reassembly
2.1
Clean the surface for the valve rocker bracket on the cylinder head.
2.2
Blow through the oil transition hole with compressed air.
2.3
Fit the valve rocker bracket via studs on the cylinder head and adjust in such a way that the adjusting screws rest on the center of the valve bridges.
en / 30.09.2010
IB001341
1/2
Valve Rocker Brackets
A5.05. 01.02.01.00
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20
2.4
Grease the thread and nut contact face with Molykote paste “G-Rapid Plus” and tighten the nuts gradually (1) with a Torque of 120 Nm and nuts (2) with a Torque of 60 Nm.
2.5
Set the valve clearance (01.01.01 nn).
2.6
Perform the oil flow control.
2.7
Fit the cylinder head cover (inspect the gasket).
en / 30.09.2010
IB001341
2/2
01
Valve Rocker
A5.05. 01.02.02.00
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20 30000 See also:
01.02.01.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.01.2.2107
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 1,00 h
01
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Maintenance: Disassemble inlet and exhaust valve rocker and inspect the bearing clearances
30,000 h
NOTE The bushes must be lubricated with oil only. Molykote paste must not be used even on assembly.
Sequence of operations: 1.
Disassembly
1.1
Disassemble valve rocker bracket (01.02.01.nn).
1.2
Remove circlip (Fig. 1/1) and supporting disc (2) from inlet valve rocker (3) and exhaust valve rocker (4) and pull valve rocker from rocker axle (5).
NOTE Further remedial measures are identical in the case of inlet and exhaust valve rocker. 2.
Clean all parts and check for damage. Blow through oil holes with compressed air and check for free passage.
en / 30.09.2010
IB021075
1/3
Valve Rocker
A5.05. 01.02.02.00
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20 30000 3.
Check the surfaces of the ball pin (Fig. 2/10) and adjusting screw (12) for wear and damage. Renew parts if as necessary. Undercool and shrink in ball pin with fluid nitrogen to -195 °C. Observe the marking (x) of the ball pin.
DANGER Observe safety regulations when handling fluid nitrogen.
4.
Measure valve rocker bush (Fig. 2/13) and axle (Fig. 1/5) and renew bushes on attaining the limit clearance. New clearance
Limit clearance
0,015 - 0.14
0,2
5.
Replace bearing bushes.
5.1
Knock bush (Fig. 2/13) out from valve rocker with suitable brass drift.
5.2
Slightly oil the new bush and press in valve rocker.
CAUTION Observe the position of the oil holes (14) and parting joint (15) as well as the dimension s = 0.2 mm (Fig. 2/Z) (projection of the valve lever to the bush) when pressing in the new bushes. Do not damage plastic-laminated surface.
en / 30.09.2010
IB021075
2/3
01
Valve Rocker
A5.05. 01.02.02.00
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20 30000 6.
01
Reassembly
NOTE Valve rocker axle must be undamaged and free of burrs. 6.1
Oil surfaces of the bushes of the inlet valve rocker (Fig. 1/3) and exhaust valve rokker (4) and rocker axle and carefully move the valve rocker onto the axle. Do not tilt valve rocker.
6.2
Fix the valve rocker with supporting disc (2) and circlip (1) axially.
6.3
Mount the valve rocker bracket on the cylinder head (01.02.01.nn) and carry out lube oil flow control.
en / 30.09.2010
IB021075
3/3
Valve Rotator
A5.05. 01.03.01.00
Inspection / Evaluate M20 150 See also:
01.07.01.nn, 01.10.00.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.01.2.2107
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,10 h
01
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Inspection: of the valve rotator
every
150 h
CAUTION Heavy fuel operation:=4 valve rotatorsinlet and exhaust valves Distillate fuel operation:=2 valve rotatorsinlet valves only
NOTE Check the rotational speed of the valves versus engine speed immediately after starting a new engine or when a plant has been overhauled. Use this rotational speed for reference later.
Sequence of operations: 1.
Check valve rotation.
2.
The valve rotator works properly if a uniform and engine speed dependent rotation can be detected.
3.
Lubricate the valve rotator with some drops of lubricating oil/gas oil mixture (mixture ratio 1:1) if a considerable deceleration of rotation, is detected in comparison to the new condition.
3.1
If, at nominal engine speed, the rotational speed goes down to approx 1 rpm, the valve rotator has to be changed.
NOTE Deceleration of the valve rotation can also be caused by hard motion of the valve stem in the valve guide. Remedy: Inject the gas oil/lubricating oil mixture drop by drop onto the valve stem.
CAUTION Do not apply too much lubricating oil/gas oil mixture. There is danger of lubricating oil dilution!
en / 24.09.2010
IB000333
1/1
Valve Guide / Oil Scraper Ring
A5.05. 01.05.01.01
Inspection / Replacement M20 15000 See also:
01.01.01.nn, 01.02.01.nn, 01.06.01.nn, 01.07.01.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.01.2.2107
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,20 h
01
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Inspection: of valve guide clearance of inlet and exhaust valves after
15,000 h
Auxiliary material: Molykote paste “G-Rapid Plus” ** ** or a product of equal standard
Sequence of operations: 1.
Replacement of the oil scraper rings (O-rings)
1.1
Dismount valve face, thoroughly clean stem.
1.2
Remove the O-ring (Fig. 1/1) from the groove of the guide bush by means of a sharp angle-shaped wire.
CAUTION The O-ring is used to adjust the lubricant quantity and must only be replaced by a new original MaK spare part. 1.3
Clean the groove.
1.4
Slightly oil the new O-ring and carefully insert the O-ring in the groove. The ring must not be twisted in mounting position.
en / 31.05.2010
IB021186
1/2
Valve Guide / Oil Scraper Ring
A5.05. 01.05.01.01
Inspection / Replacement M20 15000
01 2.
Measurement of the valve guide clearance.
2.1
Measure the outside diameter of the valve stem in the zone of the guide bush.
2.2
Measure the inside diameter of the guide bush in traverse direction of the engine.
2.3
Exhaust Inlet
3.
Normal clearance (mm)
Limit clearance (mm)
0.10 - 0.17
0.4
Replacement of the valve guide
NOTE If possible replace the valve guide in the workshop of a MaK dealer during the overhaul of cylinder head. There is a risk that the cylinder cover may be damaged when the old valve guide is knocked out.
en / 31.05.2010
IB021186
2/2
Media line
A5.05. 01.05.50.00
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20
01
See also: Spare parts list:
B1.05.01.2.2144
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,25 h
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CAUTION Depressurize system before commencing work.
Auxiliary material: soft green soap* * or product of equal standard
Sequence of operations:
1.
Disassembly
1.1
Disassemble lubricating oil line for the injection pump (fig. 1/1) at the flange (3b) of the media line.
1.2
Remove cheese head screws (2).
2
Z
4
2
A
A
B
B
7 6 5 1
3a
3b
1
en / 31.05.2010
IB003153
1/3
Media line
A5.05. 01.05.50.00
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20
01
1.3
Remove flange (3a and 3b) together with sleeves (4).
1.4
Remove sleeves (4) from flanges (3a and 3b).
1.5
Check O-rings (fig. 2/12) and, if necessary, insert new O-rings untwisted in the grooves using soft soap.
A-A 4
11
11 3b
3a 12
2
1.6
Remove seals (11) and clean sealing surfaces.
2.
Assembly
2.1
Mount sleeves (fig. 2/4) with flanges (3a and 3b).
2.2
Replace seals (fig. 3/11) (centering by dowel pins 21).
B-B 11
11
X
21 X
2.3
3
Mount flanges, seals and sleeves with cheese head screws.
en / 31.05.2010
IB003153
2/3
Media line
A5.05. 01.05.50.00
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20
3.
Cleaning of fuel leakage monitor
3.1
Secure pipe (Z/5)!
3.2
Disassemble pipe (5) with screwed socket (6) and sealing ring (7).
3.3
Check that bore (Fig. 4/Y) is free and clean if necessary.
3.4
01
Y
7
Assemble pipe (Z/5) with screwed socket (6) and new sealing ring (7).
6 4
3.5
Check operation of alarm probe (41) for leakage fuel (41).
Z 41
6 7 5
en / 31.05.2010
IB003153
3/3
Cylinder Head
A5.05. 01.06.01.00
Maintenance / Disassembly M20
01
See also: Spare parts list: Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,50 h
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Tools: Hydr. equipment set consisting of High-pressure pump High-pressure hose (1 m) High-pressure hose Hydr. tensioning element Distributor Bearing ring Spacer Pin Cylinder head lifting device Turning rod Cylinder liner hold-down
W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6 W7 W8 W9 * W10 * W11 *
0.9204-D 0.9205-B 0.9205-C 0.9213-A 0.9203-8 0.9203-108 0.9203-107 0.9203-110 2.9221-A 2.9100-380 2.9217-A
* not available as figure
NOTE When lifting the cylinder head or when turning afterwards, the liner is always to be secured with the hold-down in order to prevent the liner from becoming loose.
CAUTION Do not fall below minimum bending radius r = 120 mm of the high-pressure hoses. Only use hydraulic oil as an operating material (see Section A4.05.08, “Operating materials”). Store equipment protected against corrosion.
DANGER No parts of the body should be over the equipment which is under pressure. Secure engine against unintentional starting.
Sequence of operations: 1.
Mount liner holding device (W11) (02.10.01.nn). Turn the piston to firing TDC. Remove cylinder head cover and pump room lining.
2.
Drain cooling water completely into a draining tank (connecting line: distributor line inlet/outlet open). Inspection: Unscrew plug in pressure line behind cooling water pump after return valve.
en / 30.09.2010
IB001347
1/4
Cylinder Head
A5.05. 01.06.01.00
Maintenance / Disassembly M20
3.
Disassemble lube oil line for the injection pump at the respective block piece of the medium guide and at the injection pump.
CAUTION Screw off pressure gage line from end flange (lube oil jet cooling) during disassembly of the last cylinder head at counter-coupling side. 4.
Loosen and remove block pieces and/or end flange (Cyl. 1) of the medium guide of the cylinder head to be disassembled.
5.
Loosen pressure screws (Fig. 1/1 and 2) and lever off transverse pressure piece (3) with cover (X) and pull to the left out of the injection pump and the cylinder head.
6.
Slide sleeve (Y) to the left in the cylinder head frame.
7.
Disassemble covering plate between exhaust pipe and cylinder head, unscrew hexagonal screws on exhaust pipe.
en / 30.09.2010
IB001347
2/4
01
Cylinder Head
A5.05. 01.06.01.00
Maintenance / Disassembly M20
8.
01
Loosen the four cylinder head screws together with the hydraulic tightening device.
CAUTION Max. lift of 5 mm must not be exceeded. 8.1
Screw spacer (Fig. 2/W7) on cylinder head screw (11).
8.2
Place bearing ring (W6) over round nut (12), thereby, make surethe slots (13) are easily accessible.
8.3
Screw hydraulic tensioning element (W4) on spacer (W7) and connect with highpressure pump (W1) via high-pressure hoses (Fig. 3/W2 and W3) distributor (W5).
en / 30.09.2010
IB001347
3/4
Cylinder Head
A5.05. 01.06.01.00
Maintenance / Disassembly M20
8.4
Press hydraulic tensioning element (Fig. 3/W4) with pin (W8), by turningdown against the bearing ring (W6) onto block length (Valve [Z] at the high-pressure pump [W1] is open) and establish gap of 2.5 mm (approx. 1 rotation) (Fig. 2/S).
8.5
Close valve (Fig. 3/Z) at high-pressure pump (W1) and at the same time extend all 4 cylinder head screws continuously with a hydraulic pressure of p = 600 bar.
8.6
Disconnect round nuts (Fig. 2/12) with pin (W8).
NOTE If the round nuts cannot be loosened, the cylinder head screw can be further prestressed with approx. 50 bar. If the pressure is increased further, there is a risk of the round nut sticking due to stretching of the bolt thread. 8.7
Release tensioning elements, romove hydr. equipment and screw off round nuts.
9.
Mount the cylinder head lifting gear (W11) on the cylinder head by means of the attached hexagon nut M12x35. Lift the cylinder head by means of a crane. Thereby, observe push-rod fitting!
CAUTION Risk of damaging cooling water transition nozzles, cylinder head screws, push rods and charge air intake nozzles. 10.
Place cylinder head down on a wooden support.
en / 30.09.2010
IB001347
4/4
01
Nozzle Sleeve
A5.05. 01.06.50.00
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20 15000 See also:
01.06.01.nn, 07.07.01.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.01.2.2107
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,50 h
01
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Maintenance: Change the O-rings every
15.000 h
Tools: Pin spanner Ring spanner A/F 27 Torque wrench
W1 W2* W3*
2.9122 B 1.9456 B 1.9454-6
* no illustration
Auxiliary material Vaseline** High-temperature thread paste “Dag S-5080“** **or product of equal standard
Sequence of operations: 1.
Dismount the nozzle sleeve (1).
1.1
Attach the pin spanner (W1) to the nozzle sleeve (1) so that nozzle sleeve and pin spanner are engaged.
1.2
Attach the ring spanner (W2) to the pin spanner and unscrew the nozzle sleeve until nozzle sleeve and cylinder head (2) are fully unscrewed and loose.
W1
3
CAUTION 4
Nozzle sleeve and cylinder head must be fully unscrewed and loose. 1.3
1
Use a brass mandrel and gently drive out the nozzle sleeve.
en / 30.09.2010
2
IB021941
1/2
Nozzle Sleeve
A5.05. 01.06.50.00
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20 15000
01
1.4
Remove the O-rings (3 and 4).
2.
Mount the nozzle sleeve
2.1
Apply a film of green soft soap to the new black O-ring and insert it in the groove (4). Make sure the O-ring is not twisted.
2.2
Apply a film of green soft soap to the new green O-ring and insert it in the groove (3). Make sure the O-ring is not twisted.
CAUTION Do not change the position of the O-rings. Observe the mounting instructions.
2.3
Grease the threads of the nozzle sleeve with high-temperature thread paste.
2.4
Insert the nozzle sleeve and tighten the sleeve with the pin spanner (hand-tight).
2.5
Tighten the nozzle sleeve at a torque of M =100 Nm.
en / 30.09.2010
IB021941
2/2
Inlet and Exhaust Valve Cones
A5.05. 01.07.01.01
Inspection / Disassembly and reassembly M20 15000, 7500 See also:
01.02.01.nn, 01.05.01.nn, 01.06.01.nn, 01.08.01.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.01.2.2107
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,50 h
01
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Inspection: of inlet and exhaust valves of one cylinder after Check contact reflections of the valves and coating.
7,500 h
Maintenance: of all inlet and exhaust valves after
15,000 h
Tools: Valve spring compressor
W1
2.9222-A
NOTE The overhaul intervals of the valves depend on the fuel grade used, the operating conditions of the plant and the quality of the reconditioned valves and seats. They are therefore different for each plant. For this reason, the operator must fix the maintenance intervals according to the condition of valves inspected. With any removal of valves, check seat geometry and recut if necessary (01.08.01.nn, 01.08.02.nn.).
Sequence of operations: (Fig. 1) 1.
Disassembly
1.1
Remove cylinder head (01.06.01.nn).
1.2
Remove the valve rocker (01.02.01.nn) and lift off valve bridge.
1.3
Place the valve spring compressor (W1) onto the spring plate (2).
1.4
Compress the valve springs (3) and remove the clamping cone halves (4). Expand valve springs (3) carefully.
WARNING Spring tension
en / 31.05.2010
IB021215
1/2
Inlet and Exhaust Valve Cones
A5.05. 01.07.01.01
Inspection / Disassembly and reassembly M20 15000, 7500 1.5
Remove valve spring compressor (Fig. 1/W1), spring plate (2), internal and external valve springs (3) as well as valve turning device from the cylinder cover.
1.6
Extract valves from the cylinder head
NOTE Renew any valves which are heavily worn in the clamping area and any clamping cone halves which have large burrs. Remove projecting burrs before disassembling such valves. Maintenance of valve cone/valve seat (01.08.01.nn/01.08.02.nn). 2.
Reassembly
2.1
Check valve guide clearance, renew the O-ring (01.05.01.nn).
2.2
Lubricate the valve stem well before fitting and fit the valve cone by screwing it in.
2.3
Assembly is carried out in reverse order to removal.
2.4
After inserting the clamping cone halves, slowly expand the valve springs and make sure that the clamping cone halves are in the correct position.
en / 31.05.2010
IB021215
2/2
01
Valve Cones
A5.05. 01.08.01.00
Repair / Checking M20
See also:
01.07.01.nn, 01.08.02.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.01.2.2107
Time requirement:
0 Pers./ 0,00 h
01
Personnel qualification: Chief engineer / skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Tools: Valve refacer
W1
2.9224-A
Auxiliary material: Diamond paste Dp 30/10 - 15 µm * Thinner F25 * * or a product of equal standard
NOTE Grind new or refinished and/or used undamaged inlet and exhaust valve cones before the installation in accordance with sequence of operations 4. Refinishing of the valve cones (in accordance with sequence of operations 3) may be necessary in the following cases:
•after extended operating periods, •in the case of negative result, e.g. damaged sealing faces, deep scars, uneven contact reflections of the valve cone/seat
Sequence of operations: 1.
Check of valve condition
1.1
Valves may be reused without refinishing when
• the circumference of the valve cone face is metallic bright • the valve cone face does not indicate carbon pockets with blowholes, • by inspecting cracks, using magnifying glass with light (8 fold magnification) or powder spraying procedure (Met L'Check) and/or in the flux procedure, no crack formation is discovered at the valve cone face.
en / 31.05.2010
IB001351
1/5
Valve Cones
A5.05. 01.08.01.00
Repair / Checking M20
• when the deviation from the straightness is not greater than the following values (Fig. 1).
01
Measuring range “s” = 200 mm = support points for test device
• when the radial run-outs of the valve cones do not exceed the following values:
1.2
Valves cannot be reused when
• the valve cone face is damaged (cracks,blowholes)
• the wear caused by corrosive material is >2% of the valve head diameter (comparison with new valve)
• concave burns “s” caused by hightemperature corrosion at the lower side of the valve head > 1.5 mm (Fig. 2)
• the lower part of the valve head indicates severe pitting (formation of socalled “paving stones”)
• corrosion pits and mechanical damage in the area of the valve stem, stem transition and valve head
• refinishing limit dimension is exceeded.
en / 31.05.2010
IB001351
2/5
Valve Cones
A5.05. 01.08.01.00
Repair / Checking M20
01 2.
Cleaning Clean the valve cone, e.g. blasting with glass beads. Cleaning with sharp-edged tools as well as pickling with inorganic acids (hydrochloric acid, sulphuric acid, hydrofluoric acid etc.) is not allowed.
3.
Repair (refinishing of the valve cone face)
NOTE
min. 1 mm
Refinishing should always be carried out professionally on precision spindle grinding machines. If no such machine is available, the valves should be given to a MaK workshop for regrinding. 3.1
Regrind valve cone faces in accordance with prescribed angle (Fig. 3). Do not refinish existing concave fillet.
3.2
The appropriate information of the grinding machine manufacturers is to be observed during grinding.
3.3
Determine the dimension between visible edge of the base metal plating “X” and the outer edge of the seat after completing the grinding process. Replace the valve cone if the actual dimension falls below the minimum dimension.
3.4
Outer edge rounded with stone.
CAUTION When the valve cone is refinished, the valve seat ring must also be refinished (01.08.02.nn).
en / 31.05.2010
IB001351
3/5
Valve Cones
A5.05. 01.08.01.00
Repair / Checking M20
01 4.
Maintenance (check of contact reflection/grinding)
4.1
Apply small dots of the diamond paste Dp 30/10 - 15 µm with a syringe to the valve seat of the new or refinished valve cone and distribute the paste uniformly (Fig. 4). Therafter the seat ring surface is to be sprayed with a thinner (F25) belonging to the diamond paste, for dilution and in order to increase of the grip.
4.2
Insert the oiled valve stem into the guide bush. Fasten the device (Fig. 5/W1) to the valve head and grind the valve cone face and seat by hand applying a moderate pressure, rotating the device. The contact reflection “a” (Fig. 6/a), visible by the rough grinding process, should be 30 - 50 % of the circumferential seat width “b” starting from the outside diameter.
en / 31.05.2010
IB001351
4/5
Valve Cones
A5.05. 01.08.01.00
Repair / Checking M20
01 4.3
When the contact reflection is poor, the valve must not be reground anymore, however, both sealing faces are to be refinished on a machine.
4.4
Ensure, that the components (valve cone and seat ring) refaced to one another remain together.
5.
Final inspection
5.1
Ensure that the the refinishing limit dimensions are maintained.
5.2
Thoroughly clean valve cone/seat and check sealing faces for cracks with an illuminated magnifying glass (magnification 8 times) in the steel plating and in the adjacent area.
en / 31.05.2010
IB001351
5/5
Inlet Valve Cones
A5.05. 01.08.01.01
Repair / Checking M20
See also:
01.07.01.nn, 01.08.02.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.01.2.2107
Time requirement:
0 Pers./ 0,00 h
01
Personnel qualification: Chief engineer / skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Tools: Valve refacer
W1
2.9224-A
Auxiliary material: Diamond paste Dp 30/10 - 15 µm * Thinner F25 * * or a product of equal standard
NOTE Grind new or refinished and/or used undamaged inlet valve cones before the installation in accordance with sequence of operations 4. Refinishing of the valve cones (in accordance with sequence of operations 3) may be necessary in the following cases:
•after extended operating periods, •in the case of negative result, e.g. damaged sealing faces, deep scars, uneven contact reflections of the valve cone/seat.
Sequence of operations: 1.
Check of valve condition
1.1
Valves may be reused without refinishing when
• the circumference of the valve cone face is metallic bright • the valve cone face does not indicate carbon pockets with blowholes, • by inspecting cracks, using magnifying glass with light (8 fold magnification) or powder spraying procedure (Met L'Check) and/or in the flux procedure, no crack formation is discovered at the valve cone face.
en / 31.05.2010
IB022652
1/5
Inlet Valve Cones
A5.05. 01.08.01.01
Repair / Checking M20
• when the deviation from the straightness is not greater than the following values (Fig. 1).
01
Measuring range “s” = 200 mm = support points for test device
• when the radial run-outs of the valve cones do not exceed the following values:
1.2
Valves cannot be reused when
• the valve cone face is damaged (cracks,blowholes)
• the wear caused by corrosive material is >2% of the valve head diameter (comparison with new valve)
• concave burns “s” caused by hightemperature corrosion at the lower side of the valve head > 1.5 mm (Fig. 2)
• the lower part of the valve head indicates severe pitting (formation of socalled “paving stones”)
• corrosion pits and mechanical damage in the area of the valve stem, stem transition and valve head
• refinishing limit dimension is exceeded.
en / 31.05.2010
IB022652
2/5
Inlet Valve Cones
A5.05. 01.08.01.01
Repair / Checking M20
01 2.
Cleaning Clean the valve cone, e.g. blasting with glass beads. Cleaning with sharp-edged tools as well as pickling with inorganic acids (hydrochloric acid, sulphuric acid, hydrofluoric acid etc.) is not allowed.
3.
Repair (refinishing of the valve cone face)
NOTE
min. 1 mm
Refinishing should always be carried out professionally on precision spindle grinding machines. If no such machine is available, the valves should be given to a MaK workshop for regrinding. 3.1
Regrind valve cone faces in accordance with prescribed angle (Fig. 3). Do not refinish existing concave fillet.
3.2
The appropriate information of the grinding machine manufacturers is to be observed during grinding.
3.3
Determine the dimension between visible edge of the base metal plating “X” and the outer edge of the seat after completing the grinding process. Replace the valve cone if the actual dimension falls below the minimum dimension.
3.4
Outer edge rounded with stone.
CAUTION When the valve cone is refinished, the valve seat ring must also be refinished (01.08.02.nn).
en / 31.05.2010
IB022652
3/5
Inlet Valve Cones
A5.05. 01.08.01.01
Repair / Checking M20
01 4.
Maintenance (check of contact reflection/grinding)
4.1
Apply small dots of the diamond paste Dp 30/10 - 15 µm with a syringe to the valve seat of the new or refinished valve cone and distribute the paste uniformly (Fig. 4). Therafter the seat ring surface is to be sprayed with a thinner (F25) belonging to the diamond paste, for dilution and in order to increase of the grip.
4.2
Insert the oiled valve stem into the guide bush. Fasten the device (Fig. 5/W1) to the valve head and grind the valve cone face and seat by hand applying a moderate pressure, rotating the device. The contact reflection “a” (Fig. 6/a), visible by the rough grinding process, should be 30 - 50 % of the circumferential seat width “b” starting from the outside diameter.
en / 31.05.2010
IB022652
4/5
Inlet Valve Cones
A5.05. 01.08.01.01
Repair / Checking M20
01 4.3
When the contact reflection is poor, the valve must not be reground anymore, however, both sealing faces are to be refinished on a machine.
4.4
Ensure, that the components (valve cone and seat ring) refaced to one another remain together.
5.
Final inspection
5.1
Ensure that the the refinishing limit dimensions are maintained.
5.2
Thoroughly clean valve cone/seat and check sealing faces for cracks with an illuminated magnifying glass (magnification 8 times) in the steel plating and in the adjacent area.
en / 31.05.2010
IB022652
5/5
Exhaust Valve Cones
A5.05. 01.08.01.03
Repair / Checking M20
See also:
01.07.01.nn, 01.08.02.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.01.2.2107
Time requirement:
0 Pers./ 0,00 h
01
Personnel qualification: Chief engineer / skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Tools: Valve refacer
W1
2.9224-A
Auxiliary material: Diamond paste Dp 30/10 - 15 µm * Thinner F25 * * or a product of equal standard
NOTE Grind new or refinished and/or used undamaged exhaust valve cones before the installation in accordance with sequence of operations 4. Refinishing of the valve cones (in accordance with sequence of operations 3) may be necessary in the following cases:
•after extended operating periods, •in the case of negative result, e.g. damaged sealing faces, deep scars, uneven contact reflections of the valve cone/seat.
Sequence of operations: 1.
Check of valve condition
1.1
Valves may be reused without refinishing when
• the circumference of the valve cone face is metallic bright • the valve cone face does not indicate carbon pockets with blowholes, • by inspecting cracks, using magnifying glass with light (8 fold magnification) or powder spraying procedure (Met L'Check) and/or in the flux procedure, no crack formation is discovered at the valve cone face.
en / 31.05.2010
IB022666
1/5
Exhaust Valve Cones
A5.05. 01.08.01.03
Repair / Checking M20
• when the deviation from the straightness is not greater than the following values (Fig. 1).
01
Measuring range “s” = 200 mm = support points for test device
• when the radial run-outs of the valve cones do not exceed the following values:
1.2
Valves cannot be reused when
• the valve cone face is damaged (cracks,blowholes)
• the wear caused by corrosive material is >2% of the valve head diameter (comparison with new valve)
• concave burns “s” caused by hightemperature corrosion at the lower side of the valve head > 1.5 mm (Fig. 2)
• the lower part of the valve head indicates severe pitting (formation of socalled “paving stones”)
• corrosion pits and mechanical damage in the area of the valve stem, stem transition and valve head
• refinishing limit dimension is exceeded.
en / 31.05.2010
IB022666
2/5
Exhaust Valve Cones
A5.05. 01.08.01.03
Repair / Checking M20
01 2.
Cleaning Clean the valve cone, e.g. blasting with glass beads. Cleaning with sharp-edged tools as well as pickling with inorganic acids (hydrochloric acid, sulphuric acid, hydrofluoric acid etc.) is not allowed.
3.
Repair (refinishing of the valve cone face)
NOTE
min. 1 mm
Refinishing should always be carried out professionally on precision spindle grinding machines. If no such machine is available, the valves should be given to a MaK workshop for regrinding. 3.1
Regrind valve cone faces in accordance with prescribed angle (Fig. 3). Do not refinish existing concave fillet.
3.2
The appropriate information of the grinding machine manufacturers is to be observed during grinding.
3.3
Determine the dimension between visible edge of the base metal plating “X” and the outer edge of the seat after completing the grinding process. Replace the valve cone if the actual dimension falls below the minimum dimension.
3.4
Outer edge rounded with stone.
CAUTION When the valve cone is refinished, the valve seat ring must also be refinished (01.08.02.nn).
en / 31.05.2010
IB022666
3/5
Exhaust Valve Cones
A5.05. 01.08.01.03
Repair / Checking M20
01 4.
Maintenance (check of contact reflection/grinding)
4.1
Apply small dots of the diamond paste Dp 30/10 - 15 µm with a syringe to the valve seat of the new or refinished valve cone and distribute the paste uniformly (Fig. 4). Therafter the seat ring surface is to be sprayed with a thinner (F25) belonging to the diamond paste, for dilution and in order to increase of the grip.
4.2
Insert the oiled valve stem into the guide bush. Fasten the device (Fig. 5/W1) to the valve head and grind the valve cone face and seat by hand applying a moderate pressure, rotating the device. The contact reflection “a” (Fig. 6/a), visible by the rough grinding process, should be 30 - 50 % of the circumferential seat width “b” starting from the outside diameter.
en / 31.05.2010
IB022666
4/5
Exhaust Valve Cones
A5.05. 01.08.01.03
Repair / Checking M20
01 4.3
When the contact reflection is poor, the valve must not be reground anymore, however, both sealing faces are to be refinished on a machine.
4.4
Ensure, that the components (valve cone and seat ring) refaced to one another remain together.
5.
Final inspection
5.1
Ensure that the the refinishing limit dimensions are maintained.
5.2
Thoroughly clean valve cone/seat and check sealing faces for cracks with an illuminated magnifying glass (magnification 8 times) in the steel plating and in the adjacent area.
en / 31.05.2010
IB022666
5/5
Inlet Valve Cones
A5.05. 01.08.01.04
Repair / Checking M20
See also:
01.07.01.nn, 01.08.02.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.01.2.2107
Time requirement:
0 Pers./ 0,00 h
01
Personnel qualification: Chief engineer / skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Tools: Valve refacer
W1
2.9224-A
Auxiliary material: Diamond paste Dp 30/10 - 15 µm * Thinner F25 * * or a product of equal standard
NOTE Grind new or refinished and/or used undamaged inlet valve cones before the installation in accordance with sequence of operations 4. Refinishing of the valve cones (in accordance with sequence of operations 3) may be necessary in the following cases:
•after extended operating periods, •in the case of negative result, e.g. damaged sealing faces, deep scars, uneven contact reflections of the valve cone/seat.
Sequence of operations: 1.
Check of valve condition
1.1
Valves may be reused without refinishing when
• the circumference of the valve cone face is metallic bright • the valve cone face does not indicate carbon pockets with blowholes, • by inspecting cracks, using magnifying glass with light (8 fold magnification) or powder spraying procedure (Met L'Check) and/or in the flux procedure, no crack formation is discovered at the valve cone face.
en / 05.10.2010
IB023324
1/5
Inlet Valve Cones
A5.05. 01.08.01.04
Repair / Checking M20
• when the deviation from the straightness is not greater than the following values (Fig. 1).
01
Measuring range “s” = 200 mm = support points for test device
• when the radial run-outs of the valve cones do not exceed the following values:
1.2
Valves cannot be reused when
• the valve cone face is damaged (cracks,blowholes)
• the wear caused by corrosive material is >2% of the valve head diameter (comparison with new valve)
• concave burns “s” caused by hightemperature corrosion at the lower side of the valve head > 1.5 mm (Fig. 2)
• the lower part of the valve head indicates severe pitting (formation of socalled “paving stones”)
• corrosion pits and mechanical damage in the area of the valve stem, stem transition and valve head
• refinishing limit dimension is exceeded. 2.
Cleaning Clean the valve cone, e.g. blasting with
en / 05.10.2010
IB023324
2/5
Inlet Valve Cones
A5.05. 01.08.01.04
Repair / Checking M20
01
glass beads. Cleaning with sharp-edged tools as well as pickling with inorganic acids (hydrochloric acid, sulphuric acid, hydrofluoric acid etc.) is not allowed. 3.
Repair (refinishing of the valve cone face)
NOTE Refinishing should always be carried out professionally on precision spindle grinding machines. If no such machine is available, the valves should be given to a MaK workshop for regrinding. Regrind valve cone faces in accordance with prescribed angle (Fig. 3). Do not refinish existing concave fillet.
3.2
The appropriate information of the grinding machine manufacturers is to be observed during grinding.
3.3
Determine the dimension between visible edge of the base metal plating “X” and the outer edge of the seat after completing the grinding process. Replace the valve cone if the actual dimension falls below the minimum dimension.
3.4
Outer edge rounded with stone.
min. 1 mm
3.1
CAUTION When the valve cone is refinished, the valve seat ring must also be refinished (01.08.02.nn).
en / 05.10.2010
IB023324
3/5
Inlet Valve Cones
A5.05. 01.08.01.04
Repair / Checking M20
01 4.
Maintenance (check of contact reflection/grinding)
4.1
Apply small dots of the diamond paste Dp 30/10 - 15 µm with a syringe to the valve seat of the new or refinished valve cone and distribute the paste uniformly (Fig. 4). Therafter the seat ring surface is to be sprayed with a thinner (F25) belonging to the diamond paste, for dilution and in order to increase of the grip.
4.2
Insert the oiled valve stem into the guide bush. Fasten the device (Fig. 5/W1) to the valve head and grind the valve cone face and seat by hand applying a moderate pressure, rotating the device. The contact reflection “a” (Fig. 6/a), visible by the rough grinding process, should be 30 - 50 % of the circumferential seat width “b” starting from the outside diameter.
en / 05.10.2010
IB023324
4/5
Inlet Valve Cones
A5.05. 01.08.01.04
Repair / Checking M20
01 4.3
When the contact reflection is poor, the valve must not be reground anymore, however, both sealing faces are to be refinished on a machine.
4.4
Ensure, that the components (valve cone and seat ring) refaced to one another remain together.
5.
Final inspection
5.1
Ensure that the the refinishing limit dimensions are maintained.
5.2
Thoroughly clean valve cone/seat and check sealing faces for cracks with an illuminated magnifying glass (magnification 8 times) in the steel plating and in the adjacent area.
en / 05.10.2010
IB023324
5/5
Valve Seat Ring
A5.05. 01.08.02.00
Repair / Checking M20
See also:
01.07.01.nn, 01.08.01.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.01.2.2107
Time requirement:
0 Pers./ 0,00 h
01
Personnel qualification: Chief engineer / skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Tools: Valve refacer Valve seat milling machine
W1 * W2
2.9222-A 2.9224 B
* not available as figure
Auxiliary material: Magnifying glass with light (8-fold magnification) Diamond paste Dp 30/10 - 15 µm ** Thinner DIAPLASTOL ** ** or a product of equal standard
NOTE In case irregular contact reflections or pittings are indicated on the sealing faces of the valve seat/valve face, both sealing faces are to be refinished in any case. New or refinished valve seats are to be ground in accordance with operating sequence 4. Refinishing of the seats may be necessary in the following cases: after extended operating times
• •in the case of negative result, e.g. damaged valve faces, deep scars, uneven contact reflections of the valve seat/face (Fig. 1 and 2) .
en / 31.05.2010
IB001438
1/5
Valve Seat Ring
A5.05. 01.08.02.00
Repair / Checking M20
01
Sequence of operations: 1.
Check of valve condition The hardness of the valve seats is designed in such a manner that a certain adaptability is present with regard to the valve face. Carbon deposits are therefore a normal indication and not hazardous if good cooling is present (Fig. 3, 4 and 5).
en / 31.05.2010
IB001438
2/5
Valve Seat Ring
A5.05. 01.08.02.00
Repair / Checking M20
1.1
01
The valve seat rings are reusable without refinishing when
• the circumference of valve face is metallic bright • no carbon deposits with blow holes or visible wear are present • by inspecting cracks using an illuminated magnifying glass (8-fold magnification) or powder spraying procedure (Met L'Check) and/or in the flux procedure no crack formation is established at the valve face. 1.2
The valve seat rings are not reusable when
• cracks are present in the seat face • burn holes are present • the refinishing limits have been exceeded. 2.
Cleaning Remove the residues from the seat faces.
3.
Maintenance (refinishing the valve seat rings)
NOTE Refinishing is to be carried out with the MaK precision seat grinding machine (W1) in a workmanlike manner. Refer to special operating instructions. Alternatively the seats may be refinished by means of the MaK valve seat milling device (Fig. 6/W2). Unnecessary stock removal is to be avoided, only carbon pockets are to be repaired if they are present in the contact area. 3.1
Remilling of the valve seat
3.1.1
Clean the valve seat ring thoroughly in the contact area (3) of the centering washer (4) in order to ensure an absolutely centrical fixing of the guide mandrel (5). Remove O-ring from guide bush.
3.1.2
Insert centering washer (4) with guide mandrel (5) and tighten with tension nut (6).
CAUTION Handle the cutter head (2) with care, cutters are sensitive to impact, hard touch-down can also damage the valve seat face.
en / 31.05.2010
IB001438
3/5
Valve Seat Ring
A5.05. 01.08.02.00
Repair / Checking M20
3.1.3
Place cutter head (Fig. 6/2) on greased mandrel, screw in knurled thumb screw (1), until resistance becomes noticeable.
3.1.4
Rotate valve seat (clockwise) uniformly and slowly and remill the seat in one operation pass. The cutting of the cutters must be noticeable. Set the contact pressure by touch.
01
CAUTION The machine will rattle when the contact pressure is too low and/or the cutting speed is too high. 3.1.5
Prior to finishing the cutting process, slowly unscrew the knurled thumb screw (1) and simultaneously rotate the cutter head.
3.1.6
Max. permissible dimension for reworking: Exhaust valve (Fig. 7): The shoulder "y" must still remain distinct. Inlet valve (Fig. 7a): The dimension for "z" must not drop below the minimum dimension of 1 mm due to the reworking.
3.1.7
If the milling cutters are blunt, the cutter head is to be sent to MaK for refinishing.
en / 31.05.2010
IB001438
4/5
Valve Seat Ring
A5.05. 01.08.02.00
Repair / Checking M20
01
3.1.8
Dismount the milling device. Grind sharp edges with the fine emery cloth.
4.
Check of contact reflection/grinding
4.1
Apply small dots of the diamond paste Dp 30/10 - 15 µm with a syringe to the valve seat of the new or refinished vlave spindle and distribute the paste uniformly. Thereafter spray the complete seat ring surface with thinner DIAPLASTOL (01.08.01.nn).
4.2
Insert the lubricated valve stem into the guide bush. Fasten the device (W1) (01.08.01.nn) to the valve head and grind the valve face and seat by hand applying a moderate pressure, rotating the device. The contact reflection “a” which is visible by the rough grinding process shall be 30 - 50 % of the circumferential seat width “b” starting from the outside diameter (01.08.01.nn).
4.3
If the contact reflection is poor, the valve must not be reground anymore, however, both sealing faces are to be refinished.
4.4
Ensure that the components (valve face and seat ring) refaced to one another will be held together.
5.
Final check of valve condition
5.1
Check whether the refinishing limit dimensions have been observed.
5.2
Clean valve face/seat thoroughly and check the sealing faces with an illuminated magnifying glass (8-fold magnification) for cracks in the armouring and in the adjacent zone.
en / 31.05.2010
IB001438
5/5
Valve Seat Ring
A5.05. 01.08.02.01
Repair / Checking M20
See also:
01.07.01.nn, 01.08.01.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.01.2.2107
Time requirement:
0 Pers./ 0,00 h
01
Personnel qualification: Chief engineer / skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Tools: Valve refacer Valve seat milling machine
W1 * W2
2.9224 A 2.9224 C
* not available as figure
Auxiliary material: Magnifying glass with light (8-fold magnification) Diamond paste Dp 30/10 - 15 µm ** Thinner DIAPLASTOL ** ** or a product of equal standard
NOTE In case irregular contact reflections or pittings are indicated on the sealing faces of the valve seat/valve face, both sealing faces are to be refinished in any case. New or refinished valve seats are to be ground in accordance with operating sequence 4. Refinishing of the seats may be necessary in the following cases: after extended operating times
• •in the case of negative result, e.g. damaged valve faces, deep scars, uneven contact reflections of the valve seat/face (Fig. 1 and 2)
en / 30.09.2010
IB023062
1/5
Valve Seat Ring
A5.05. 01.08.02.01
Repair / Checking M20
01
Sequence of operations: 1.
Check of valve condition The hardness of the valve seats is designed in such a manner that a certain adaptability is present with regard to the valve face. Carbon deposits are therefore a normal indication and not hazardous if good cooling is present (Fig. 3, 4 and 5).
en / 30.09.2010
IB023062
2/5
Valve Seat Ring
A5.05. 01.08.02.01
Repair / Checking M20
01 1.1
The valve seat rings are reusable without refinishing when
• the circumference of valve face is metallic bright • no carbon deposits with blow holes or visible wear are present • by inspecting cracks using an illuminated magnifying glass (8-fold magnification) or powder spraying procedure (Met L'Check) and/or in the flux procedure no crack formation is established at the valve face. 1.2
The valve seat rings are not reusable when
• cracks are present in the seat face • burn holes are present • the refinishing limits have been exceeded. 2.
Cleaning Remove the residues from the seat faces.
3.
Maintenance (refinishing the valve seat rings)
NOTE Refinishing is to be carried out with the MaK precision seat grinding machine (W1) in a workmanlike manner. Refer to special operating instructions. Alternatively the seats may be refinished by means of the MaK valve seat milling device (Fig. 6/W2). Unnecessary stock removal is to be avoided, only carbon pockets are to be repaired if they are present in the contact area. 3.1
Remilling of the valve seat
3.1.1
Clean the valve seat ring thoroughly in the contact area (3) of the centering washer (4) in order to ensure an absolutely centrical fixing of the guide mandrel (5). Remove O-ring from guide bush.
3.1.2
Insert centering washer (4) with guide mandrel (5) and tighten with tension nut (6).
CAUTION Handle the cutter head (2) with care, cutters are sensitive to impact, hard touch-down can also damage the valve seat face.
en / 30.09.2010
IB023062
3/5
Valve Seat Ring
A5.05. 01.08.02.01
Repair / Checking M20
3.1.3
Place cutter head (Fig. 6/2) on greased mandrel, screw in knurled thumb screw (1), until resistance becomes noticeable.
3.1.4
Rotate valve seat (clockwise) uniformly and slowly and remill the seat in one operation pass. The cutting of the cutters must be noticeable. Set the contact pressure by touch.
01
CAUTION The machine will rattle when the contact pressure is too low and/or the cutting speed is too high. 3.1.5
Prior to finishing the cutting process, slowly unscrew the knurled thumb screw (1) and simultaneously rotate the cutter head.
3.1.6
Max. permissible dimension for reworking: Exhaust valve (Fig. 7): The shoulder "y" must still remain distinct. Inlet valve (Fig. 7a): The dimension for "z" must not drop below the minimum dimension of 1 mm due to the reworking.
en / 30.09.2010
IB023062
4/5
Valve Seat Ring
A5.05. 01.08.02.01
Repair / Checking M20
01
3.1.7
If the milling cutters are blunt, the cutter head is to be sent to MaK for refinishing.
3.1.8
Dismount the milling device. Grind sharp edges with the fine emery cloth.
4.
Check of contact reflection/grinding
4.1
Apply small dots of the diamond paste Dp 30/10 - 15 µm with a syringe to the valve seat of the new or refinished vlave spindle and distribute the paste uniformly. Thereafter spray the complete seat ring surface with thinner DIAPLASTOL (01.08.01.nn).
4.2
Insert the lubricated valve stem into the guide bush. Fasten the device (W1) (01.08.01.nn) to the valve head and grind the valve face and seat by hand applying a moderate pressure, rotating the device. The contact reflection “a” which is visible by the rough grinding process shall be 30 - 50 % of the circumferential seat width “b” starting from the outside diameter (01.08.01.nn).
4.3
If the contact reflection is poor, the valve must not be reground anymore, however, both sealing faces are to be refinished.
4.4
Ensure that the components (valve face and seat ring) refaced to one another will be held together.
5.
Final check of valve condition
5.1
Check whether the refinishing limit dimensions have been observed.
5.2
Clean valve face/seat thoroughly and check the sealing faces with an illuminated magnifying glass (8-fold magnification) for cracks in the armouring and in the adjacent zone.
en / 30.09.2010
IB023062
5/5
Cylinder Head
A5.05. 01.10.00.00
Inspection / Checking M20 150 See also:
01.03.01.nn, 01.06.01.nn, 01.11.01.nn, 07.07.01.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.01.2.2107
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,50 h
01
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Inspection: of the cylinder heads every
150 h
Sequence of operations: 1.
Check the sealing between cylinder head, cylinder liner and cooling water distributor housing for exhaust gas blow-by and/or cooling water at the inspection bore (Fig. 1/1). Loosen cylinder head nuts in the case of leakages and retighten them according to prescriptions (01.11.01.nn). If no tightness is obtained, remove the cylinder head clean and check the sealing faces - and refit with a new gasket according to prescriptions (01.11.01.nn).
1 Fig. 1
2.
Check cylinder head externally for leaks.
2.1
If lubricating oil leaks out, check fixing screws of the cylinder head cover for tight fit and/or check profile seal for damage.
2.2
In the case of leaks at the wedged pieces of the medium guide check fastening screws for tight fit. Renew gaskets if necessary.
3.
Remove cylinder head cover. Inspect cylinder head upper side.
3.1
Check uniform valve motion. Irregularities can be stated best at low engine speed.
3.2
Check proper function of the valve rotators (01.03.01.nn).
3.3
Check valve springs for damage.
3.4
Check lubricating oil supply of the rockers and rocker bearings.
en / 30.09.2010
IB001447
1/1
Cylinder Head
A5.05. 01.10.01.01
Maintenance / Cleaning M20 15000 See also:
01.02.01.nn, 01.06.01.nn, 01.07.01.nn, 07.07.01.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.01.2.2107
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 1,00 h
01
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE Put the cylinder head down with its bottom part only on a wooden support
Sequence of operations: The following parts are disassembled: inlet-, exhaust-, injection valve, valve rocker brackets. 1.
Wash cylinder head with cold cleaner.
2.
Remove carbon deposits from inlet- and exhaust ducts and cylinder head bottom (do not clean the valve seats!) with a wire brush and scraper. Do not damage sealing recess.
3.
Clean cooling water inlet and cooling water outlet.
4.
Inspect cylinder head bottom for cracks especially at the valve channels.
5.
Clean sealing face for injection valve.
6.
Check inlet- and outlet bores of the medium guide for free access.
7.
Check alarm probe for leaking fuel for function in distributor plate at connector of the medium guide (Cyl. 1).
en / 31.05.2010
IB022277
1/1
Cylinder Head
A5.05. 01.11.01.00
Repair / Reassembly M20
See also:
01.01.01.nn, 01.02.01.nn, 01.06.01.nn, 02.06.01.nn, 07.07.01.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.01.2.2107
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 1,00 h
01
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Tools: See maintenance sheet 01.06.01.nn.
Auxiliary material: High-temperature thread paste “Dag S-5080” * Molykote paste “G-Rapid Plus” * Vaseline * * or a product of equal standard
NOTE When lifting the cylinder head or when turning afterwards, the cylinder liner is always to be secured with the hold-down to prevent the liner from coming loose.
CAUTION Do not fall below minimum bending radius r = 120 mm of the high-pressure hoses. Only use hydraulic oil as an operating material.
DANGER No parts of the body should be over the equipment which is under pressure.
en / 30.09.2010
IB001353
1/5
Cylinder Head
A5.05. 01.11.01.00
Repair / Reassembly M20
01
Sequence of operations: 1.
Turn the piston to firing TDC.
2.
Clean sealing faces and contact surfaces of cylinder head and liner thoroughly and check for damage. Insert new sealing ring (Fig. 1/1) into cylinder liner collar.
3.
Renew the following O-rings: Top O-ring at the cylinder liner collar (X/2), at cylinder head (3), on pushrod passage (4), at the cooling water transition (Y/5) and at charge air intake nozzle (6).
1 7
Y
X
Fig. 1 X 3
Y
6
4
5
2
en / 30.09.2010
IB001353
2/5
Cylinder Head
A5.05. 01.11.01.00
Repair / Reassembly M20
01
NOTE Insert all O-rings with vaseline or green grease soap untwisted into grooves.
4.
Carefully place cylinder head with cylinder head lifting device (W9) and lifting gear onto cooling water distributor housing. Avoid jamming of cooling water transition on pushrod passage.Insert pushrods into cylinder head. Observe fixing pin in the cooling water distributor ring.
5.
Insert new seal (Fig. 1/7) for exhaust flange and align cylinder head. Lubricate screws for exhaust pipe with “Dag S-5080” high-temperature thread paste and screw in loosely with resilient sleeves.
6.
Tighten the four cylinder head screws together with the hydr. tightening device.
CAUTION Max. lift of 5 mm must not be exceeded.
W8 W4
6.1
Tighten round nuts (Fig. 2/12) with pin (W8) hand-tight.
6.2
Screw spacer (W7) onto cylinder head screw (11).
6.3
Place bearing ring (W6) over round nut (12), thereby, make sure the slots (13) are easily accessible.
W6
W7 11 13 W8 12
Fig. 2
en / 30.09.2010
IB001353
3/5
Cylinder Head
A5.05. 01.11.01.00
Repair / Reassembly M20
6.4
Screw hydr. tensioning element (Fig. 2/W4) onto spacer (W7) and link with high-pressure pump (W1) via high-pressure hoses (Fig. 3/W2 and W3) distributor (W5).
W2 W5
W8
W3
Z
W1
Fig. 3 6.5
Press hydraulic tensioning element (Fig. 2/W4) by means of pin (W8) by turning down against the bearing ring (W6) onto block length and tighten hand-tight (valve [Fig. 3/Z] open at the high-pressure pump (W1)).
6.6
Close valve (Fig. 3/Z) at high-pressure pump (W1) and simultaneously extend all 4 cylinder head screws steadily with a hydraulic pressure of p = 600 bar.
CAUTION Pressure must remain constant in case the pump is not activated, otherwise a tightening error occurs. 6.7
Firmly tighten all round nuts (Fig. 2/12) uniformly with pin (W8), ensure smooth running.
6.8
Check the fixed rest of round nuts.
• Lower pressure by 50 bar. • Round nuts should no longer be able to be loosened with the pin. 6.9
Release and remove hydraulic tensioning element.
en / 30.09.2010
IB001353
4/5
01
Cylinder Head
A5.05. 01.11.01.00
Repair / Reassembly M20
01 7.
Tighten screws for exhaust pipe on alternate sides in 2 stages with a torque of M = 60 and 110 Nm.
8.
Fit disassembled block pieces and/or flanges of the medium guide with new seals. Ensure correct fit of the dowel pin.
9.
Connect lube oil line and transverse thrust pieces of the respective injection pump in reverse order to the disassembly instructions (01.06.01.nn). The mounting instructions of 07.07.01.nn, sequence of operations 2., must be observed by all means. Tighten compression screws with a torque of M = 85 Nm.
10.
Mount removed pressure gage lines and refill cooling water.
11.
Set valve clearance (01.01.01.nn.) and fit pump room lining.
12.
After commissioning of the engine, check tightness of all connections.
en / 30.09.2010
IB001353
5/5
Running Gear/Engine Timing
A5.05. 02.01.01.00
Inspection / Checking M20 1500, 3750 See also:
03.01.01.nn, 04.08.01.nn, 01.01.01.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.03.2.1112
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,50 h
02
Personnel qualification: Chief engineer / skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE The temperature check for the bearings must be carried out with the engine at operating temperature after switching off the circulation system lubrication. The remaining tasks are to be carried out after allowing a period of ventilation.
Sequence of operations: 1.
Open indicator valve and engage turning gear.
2.
Open crank case cover approx. 10 min. after shutting down the engine.
3.
Check crankshaft bearings and big end bearings for even and normal temperatures.
4.
Visually check screws and nuts.
5.
Check extent of soiling of the engine room (silt deposits, corrosion, bearing metal particles, detached paint).
6.
Check cylinder liner surface on engine side. Carry out lubrication oil flow check and check oil delivery at bearing points.
7.
Remove camshaft cover. Check screws of camshaft components and the lower valve mechanism for proper tightness.
8.
Turn engine and check bearing surfaces of cams and rollers for scoring, pitting or other damage.
9.
Check lubricating oil flow for camshaft bearing and valve mechanism.
10.
Check wheel mechanism (04.08.01.nn).
11.
Check oil tray and crank case for left-behind tools, cloths etc. Check seals of all crank case and sealing lids and refit cover.
12.
Remove cylinder head cover. Check mechanical components like valve springs, valve bridges with guides, and rocker arms for irregularities. Look out for water or oil leaks.
en / 30.09.2010
IB021322
1/1
Crank Web Deflection
A5.05. 02.02.01.00
Inspection / Measuring M20
02
See also: Spare parts list:
B1.05.02.2.2510, B1.05.03.2.1110
Time requirement:
2 Pers./ 1,00 h
Personnel qualification: Chief engineer / skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Inspection: In the following cases additional measurements have to be made: In the case of suspect or danger of foundation deformation, e. g.: by collision of a ship subsidence of the foundation bearing or crankshaft damages prior and after every docking of a ship.
• • • • Tools:
Crank web measuring device
W1
1.9425-300
NOTE Crank web deflection is the change in distance beween a web pair during one rotation of the crankshaft (Fig. 1). Depending on the location of the engine, the rigidness of the foundation and the ship, different values are given in comparison with loaded and unloaded condition of the ship as well as warm or cold engine. Measurements should therefore be carried out when the engine is warm, with normal loading and even keel; not in dock! Changes that suddenly appear or appear after a longer period under otherwise uniform conditions point to a deformation or subsiding of the foundation.It is therefore suggested to collect the measurement sheets extra so that the chronological allocation of the values and changes are visible. In the event of unpermissible changes, the installation must be realigned and the respective main bearings inspected.
a) Initial position b) Negative deflection c) Positive deflection
en / 14.10.2010
IB001439
1/4
Crank Web Deflection
A5.05. 02.02.01.00
Inspection / Measuring M20
02
Sequence of operations: 1.
Bar crank pin from BDC in direction of exhaust side to such an extent that the dial gauge can be applied between the crank webs at the point farthest away from the crank pin and the connectiong rod just passes by the dial gauge (Fig. 2/1st measuring point). Where punch holes are found, do not place the measuring tips on the centring marks, the purpose of the latter is only to indicate the space in which to use the measuring tips.
2.
Adjust the value of scale “20” to the pointer: 1st measuring point (initial point).
3.
Bar the crankshaft so that the crank pin turns in direction of the exhaust side and the dial gauge towards the camshaft side.
4.
Continually watch the gauge and read off the values in the measuring points 2 - 5. If before or behind a measuring point a higher value than at the prescribed measuring point itself is read, this value has to be recorded.
5
1 2
4
3
Fig. 2
1
=
1st measuring point
(initial point)
2
=
2nd measuring point
(pin on exhaust side)
3
=
3rd measuring point
(pin in TDC)
4
=
4th measuring point
(pin on camshaft side)
5
=
5th measuring point
(pin in BDC camshaft side)
en / 14.10.2010
IB001439
2/4
Crank Web Deflection
A5.05. 02.02.01.00
Inspection / Measuring M20
02
NOTE Crank web deflection first of all is a criterion of the alignment of the engine with the shafting. Heavy crank web deflection imposes additional loads on crankshaft and main bearings. This means that the admissible deflection is determined by the engine load. A high load admits less deflection than a low one. The values below must be observed, if it is impossible to obtain the admissible limits for the plant from MaK. Only the values measured on an engine at operating temperature has to be used for assessment. Values from a cold engine are of inferior importance.
Values for crank web deflection in mm:
M20 Cylinder 1 or last cylinder with additional load (flywheel/coupling)
+ 0,04 / - 0,09 mm
All cylinders without external load
+ 0,04 / - 0,06 mm
Permissible values for realignment of base frame mounted gensets in horizontal direction
en / 14.10.2010
+ 0,03 / - 0,03 mm
IB001439
3/4
Crank Web Deflection
A5.05. 02.02.01.00
Inspection / Measuring M20
02
5
1 2
4
3
en / 14.10.2010
IB001439
4/4
Bearing Shells
A5.05. 02.03.07.01
Inspection / Evaluate M20
See also:
02.05.01.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.03.2.1110
Time requirement:
0 Pers./ 0,00 h
02
Personnel qualification: Chief engineer / skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE Contaminated oil, solid foreign matters, water and tool deficiencies are the cause of 85 % of all cases of bearing damage. Dirt is the worst enemy of all bearings! A thorough oil treatment and a careful filter maintenance are therefore indispensable for a reliable operation and a long service life. The following criteria catalogue shows various wear stages caused by mechanical abrasion and fatigue the bearing shells. Refitting Criteria catalogue: Fig. 1 -
The contact reflection is uniformly formed on the entire bearing width. This bearing shell can be reused.
Fig. 2 -
The contact reflection is uniformly formed on the entire bearing width. From experience the dirt scratches caused by a foreign matter in the lubricating oil do not influence the further safety of operation of the slide bearings. This bearing shell can be reused.
Fig. 3 -
The contact reflection is uniformly formed on the entire bearing width. The scratches running radially are caused by fine solid matter particles contained in lubricating oil. If the depth of these scratches is neither to be measured nor to be sensed, the bearing shell can be reused. If the number, depth and a large circumference length affects the production of the grease film, the bearing is to be exchanged.
en / 30.09.2010
IB001449
1/4
Bearing Shells
A5.05. 02.03.07.01
Inspection / Evaluate M20
02 Replacement Fig. 4 -
The contact reflection shows the presence of heavy pressure on one bearing edge with scratches in the sliding surface made from aluminium alloy. This bearing shell is not reusable. The cause for this damage has to be determined and eliminated.
Fig. 5 -
The contact reflection shows a large area of damage with various degrees of scratching. This bearing shell is not reusable. The cause for this slide bearing damage has to be determined and eliminated. Further bearing shells are to be inspected.
Fig. 6 -
The load bearing area of the bearing shell shows breakages in the breaking metal, provoked by fatigue of the sliding surface made from aluminum alloy. Several bearing metal pieces are loose in the fatigue zone. The surface structure in the base of the breakage indicates a firm composition of steel and aluminum alloy. This bearing shell must be exchanged. Further shells are to be inspected.
en / 30.09.2010
IB001449
2/4
Bearing Shells
A5.05. 02.03.07.01
Inspection / Evaluate M20
02
en / 30.09.2010
IB001449
3/4
Bearing Shells
A5.05. 02.03.07.01
Inspection / Evaluate M20
02
en / 30.09.2010
IB001449
4/4
Al-Grooved Bearings
A5.05. 02.03.09.01
Inspection / Evaluate M20/M25
02
See also: Spare parts list:
B1.05.02.2.2601
Time requirement:
0 Pers./ 0,00 h
Personnel qualification: Chief engineer / skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Criteria for replacement of the grooved bearings The running surface of the bearings consists of approx. 75 % electroplated overlay (Fig. 1/a), approx. 25 % aluminium alloy ridges (b) and max 5 % nickel dam (c). First signs of running surface wear appear of the electroplated running layer (a). The overlay in the groove (a) is worn down by a few 0,001 mm. As wear increases, the difference between the aluminium alloy ridges (b) and the overlay (a) remains more or less the same, approx. 0,005 mm.
NOTE For precise assessment of the degree of wear of the running surface, a magnifying glass (minimum magnification 5x) is necessary. Under the magnifying glass, the overlay appears as a dark area, and the aluminium alloy ridge as a light area. The most important criteria for assessing the degree of wear of the grooved bearing are the ratio of the aluminium alloy ridge width to the groove width, as well as the size of worn surface
• •
The grooved bearing can still function when the overlay in the grooves has partly worn away. In actual practice it has been proven that the grooved bearing can continue to function without any ill effects, even with partially empty grooves. When assessing the conditions of the grooves, the running surface in the area subject to the lowest load (condition of groove generally as new) should be used as a point of comparsion. The condition of the grooved bearings is assessed according to five different categories: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Reuse possible Wear Wear and levelling of the ridges (borderline case) Overlay fatigue ruptures Overlay fatigue ruptures and empty grooves (borderline case)
en / 24.01.2011
IB023929
1/7
Al-Grooved Bearings
A5.05. 02.03.09.01
Inspection / Evaluate M20/M25
02
Should more than one of the conditions described appear together, the respectively lowest limits apply. 1.
Reuse possible
Condition: Geometrie of the groove is as new. The overlay inside the groove is intact. The dark points are predominantly embedded oil coke particles (Fig. 2). Assessment: The ratio between the overlay and the aluminium alloy ridges is 75 % / 25 %. Reuse possible!
Condition: The overlay in the grooves has worn through uniformly by about 0,005 mm. The aluminium alloy ridges show no sign of wear. The dark points are predominantly embedded oil coke particles (Fig. 3). Assessment: As a result of overlay wear, the aluminium alloy ridges appear slightly wider. Reuse possible!
en / 24.01.2011
IB023929
2/7
Al-Grooved Bearings
A5.05. 02.03.09.01
Inspection / Evaluate M20/M25
1.1
02
Reuse possible
Condition: Small foreign particles spread over the entire running surface. No significant alteration of the aluminium allow ridges (Fig. 4). Assessment: Reuse of the bearing shell is possible, since foreign particles are embedded in the grooves.
Condition: The overlay has been locally “dragged” and “smeared” over the aluminium alloy ridges. The aluminium alloy ridges can no longer be seen in some places. Assessment: Reuse of the bearing shell is possible.
en / 24.01.2011
IB023929
3/7
Al-Grooved Bearings
A5.05. 02.03.09.01
Inspection / Evaluate M20/M25
2.
02
Wear
Overlay-groove Bearing metal ridge
Condition: The bearing has in some places been worn down to such an extent that the bearing metal ridges and the overlay grooves have reached a ration of 1:1. The width of the bearing metal ridges has increased from 25 % (when new) to 50 %. Some overlay still exists in the grooves (Fig. 6). Wear limits:
a) b) c) d)
max. 30 % of circumference max. 70 % of width max. 50 % of circumference max. 35 % of width
= Wear 1:1
Assessment: Bearing is operative. Should a condition of wear as shown in 3 be expected within the next inspection interval, bearing has to be replaced for safety reason.
en / 24.01.2011
IB023929
4/7
Al-Grooved Bearings
A5.05. 02.03.09.01
Inspection / Evaluate M20/M25
3.
02
Wear and levelling of the ridges (borderline case)
Condition: Bearing metal ridges are worn locally. Wear limits:
a) b) c) d) e) f)
max. 20 % of width max. 5 % of circumference max. 10 % of width max. 35 % of circumference max. 10 % of width lock of chamber
= Bearing metal ridges worn = Wear 1:1
Assessment: When reaching the conditions of wear as shown above, bearing should be replaced.
en / 24.01.2011
IB023929
5/7
Al-Grooved Bearings
A5.05. 02.03.09.01
Inspection / Evaluate M20/M25
4.
02
Overlay fatigue ruptures
Conditions: Rupture of electroplated overlay in the grooves as a result of overloading at certain points Wear limits:
a) b) c) d)
max. 25 % of circumference max. 70 % of width max. 50 % of circumference max. 35 % of width
= Overlay fatigue ruptures
Assessment: Bearing is operative. Should a condition of wear as shown in 5) be expected within the next inspection interval, bearing has to be replaced for safety reason.
en / 24.01.2011
IB023929
6/7
Al-Grooved Bearings
A5.05. 02.03.09.01
Inspection / Evaluate M20/M25
5.
02
Overlay fatique ruptures and empty grooves
Condition: In certain areas empty grooves are visible after washing out the ruptured overlay. Wear limits:
a) b) c) d) e)
max. 40 % of width max. 10 % of circumferende max. 30 % of width max. 40 % of circumference max. 15 % of width
= Overlay fatique ruptures = Empty grooves
Assessment: When reaching the condition described above, bearing must be replaced.
en / 24.01.2011
= Bearing metal ridges worn
IB023929
7/7
Big-End Bearings
A5.05. 02.04.01.01
Inspection / Disassembly M20 30000, 15000 See also:
02.03.09.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.02.2.2601
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,50 h
02
Personnel qualification: Chief engineer / skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Inspection: a) of a big-end bearing after b) exchange of all big-end bearings after
15,000 h 30,000 h
Tools: Piston suspension equipment Torque wrench 60 - 420 Nm 3/4" Tightening angle gage big-end bolts Turning rod
W1 W2 * W3 W4 *
2.9226-A 1.9454-060 2.9180-A 2.9100-380
* not available as figure
Auxiliary material: Molykote paste “G-Rapid Plus” ** ** or a product of equal standard
NOTE Coat threads and contact surfaces of the bolts with Molykote paste “G-Rapid Plus”. Before removing the big-end bearing, measure clearance “K”.
Sequence of operations: 1.
Clearance measurement
1.1
Turn crankpin approx. 20° before TDC to camshaft side.
1.2
Loosen all big-end bolts.
1.3
Pretighten bolts 3 and 4 with a torque
x1 3 4
Y
Y
M = 160 Nm
Fig. 1 and measure dimension x1 between the bore holes on the camshaft side with caliper gage (Fig. 1). en / 31.05.2010
IB021371
1/3
Big-End Bearings
A5.05. 02.04.01.01
Inspection / Disassembly M20 30000, 15000 1.4
Tighten bolts 1 and 2 twice in the sequence 1 - 2 - 1 - 2 with a torque
02
W3
M = 160 Nm.
1 1.5
Mark the bolt position or put on a tightening angle gauge
1.6
Clamp the bolts tight in the sequence 3 - 4 - 1 - 2 with a torque
2
x2
3 4
M = 350 Nm
Z
corresponding to a minimum tightening angle of bolts:
W
1 and 2 of min. 13°° - 16 3 and 4 of min. 17°° - 19°°
CAUTION
Z
the minimum tightening angle is to be kept 1.7
Fig. 2
Measure dimension x2 between the bore holes on the camshaft side and determine the differential dimension x1 - x2 = clearance. Clearance mm
Limit value mm
0.45 - 0.65
0.35
If the limit value is not reached, renew bearing shells pairwise and mark both halves in accordance with the numbers of impacts cylinder No., connecting rod and bearing cap (W).
en / 31.05.2010
W
IB021371
2/3
Big-End Bearings
A5.05. 02.04.01.01
Inspection / Disassembly M20 30000, 15000 2.
Removing the big-end bearing cap
2.1
Turn crankshaft into a convenient position for removing (crankpin 20° before of TDC to the camshaft side).
2.2
Loosen big-end bearing bolts and screw out off connecting-rod big end.
2.3
Lift bearing cap out of the crankcase.
2.4
Check the toothing in the joint faces of connecting rod, big-end bearing cap and thread for damage.
3.
Removing the bearing shells
3.1
Move piston to TDC position, fit piston suspension device (Fig. 3/W1) and move crankshaft carefully to camshaft side until the piston rests on the suspension device and the crankpin swings out of the connecting-rod big end.
02
W1
Fig. 3
3.2
Remove bearing shells from crankpins.
3.3
Bearing shells, rating/replacement criteria:
• AL groove bearing: 02.03.09.nn.
en / 31.05.2010
IB021371
3/3
Big-End Bearings
A5.05. 02.04.02.00
Inspection / Reassembly M20
See also:
02.04.01.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.02.2.2601
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,50 h
02
Personnel qualification: Chief engineer / skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Tools: Torque wrench 60 - 420 Nm 3/4" Clamp Tightening angle gage Turning rod
W1 * W2 W3 W4 *
1.9454-60 2.9125-A 2.9180-A 2.9100-380
* not available as figure
Auxiliary material: Molykote paste “G-Rapid Plus” ** ** or a product of equal standard
NOTE The bearing caps, shells and bolts have been marked according to their cylinder numbers and must not be interchanged. New parts are to be marked accordingly. Lubricant for threads and bolt contact surfaces Molykote paste “G-Rapid Plus”.
Sequence of operations: 1.
Fitting the bearing shells
1.1
Clean and oil the crankpin.
1.2
Oil the inside and outside of the bearing shells and put them on the crankpin.
CAUTION Hole (Fig. 1/X) for the fixation of the bearing shells at the face of the bottom and top shell of the shell half pointing to the clutch side.
en / 01.10.2010
IB001357
1/4
Big-End Bearings
A5.05. 02.04.02.00
Inspection / Reassembly M20
1.3
1.4
02
Hold the bearing shells in this position and shift the clamp (Fig. 2/W2) over the shells so that the lower dog of the clamp engages in the oil hole of the bottom shell. The dog of the screw (Fig. 2/1) engages in the hole of the top shell. Slightly tighten the screw of the clamp.
1
Let the clamp rest against the top joint face of the big end and turn the crankshaft until the big end lightly rests on the bearing shells.
NOTE Lug (Fig. 2/2) of the clamp engages in the groove of the joint face for centrical guide of the bearing shells of big-end bearing (4).
3 W2
2 Fig. 2
1.5
Turn the bearing shells with the handle of the clamp so that the dowel pin (3) in the big-end bore engages in the hole of the bearing shells and that the shells have good contact in the big-end bore. The bearing shells might get damaged if the reassembly is incorrect.
1.6
Move the piston to TDC. remove clamp and piston suspension device.
2.
Fitting the bearing cap.
2.1
Bring bearing cap into a convenient position and hold against the connectingrod big end. Lubricate threads and contact faces of the bolt heads with Molykote paste “G-Rapid Plus” exclusively. Screw in the bolts.
en / 01.10.2010
IB001357
2/4
Big-End Bearings
A5.05. 02.04.02.00
Inspection / Reassembly M20
02
Tightening the big-end bolts.
3.1
Measuring the gap (02.04.01.nn, sequence of operations 1) is only required if new shells are fitted or the gap was not measured on disaassembly.
3.2
Tighten the lower bolts 3 and 4 with a torque
W3 4
3.
3.3
Tighten upper bolts 1 and 2 twice in the sequence 1 - 2 - 1 - 2 with a torque
3
M = 160 Nm.
M = 160 Nm.
Fig. 3 3.4
For checking the tightening operation, place the angle gages (Fig. 3/W3) over the bolt head collars according to the marking and pull the pointer against the stop. Check the set collars of the gage for freedom. Mark the position of the bolts if you have no tightening angle gage (tightening angle gages for big-end bolts 3 and 4 shown).
3.5
Tighten the lower bolts 3, 4 with a torque M = 350 Nm.
3.6
Tighten the upper bolts 1, 2 with a torque M = 350 Nm.
CAUTION After tightening big-end bolts 1 and 2 up to a final torque of 350 Nm, tighten bolts 3 and 4 again with the final torque of 350 Nm to avoid a loss of pretension by settling.
en / 01.10.2010
IB001357
3/4
Big-End Bearings
A5.05. 02.04.02.00
Inspection / Reassembly M20
02 3.7
Tightening check
3.7.1
Upper bolts 1 and 2: The maximum pointer must have been pulled beyond the angle marking. When checking without gage, the bolts must have turned through an angle of 13°° - 16°°.
3.7.2
Lower bolts 3 and 4: The maximum pointer must have passed the angle marking or the bolts must have turned through 17°° - 19.
NOTE If these angles are not reached, undo the bolts with the ratchet handle (02.04.01.nn) and check the parts for damage. For this, grease the threads and the contact faces of the bolts again with Molykote paste “G-Rapid Plus”.
en / 01.10.2010
IB001357
4/4
Main Bearings
A5.05. 02.05.01.01
Inspection / Disassembly M20 30000, 15000 See also:
02.03.07.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.03.2.1110
Time requirement:
2 Pers./ 1,00 h
02
Personnel qualification: Chief engineer / skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Inspection: a) of one main bearing bearing after
b) exchange all crankshaft bearings
15,000 h Cylinder number
Bearing No.
6 8 9
4 5 6 every
30,000 h
Tools: Hydraulic equipment set, consisting of: Bearing ring Hydr. tensioning element High-pressure pump High-pressure hose (1 m) Pin Lowering device for main bearings Dog Turning rod
W1 W2 W3 W4 * W5 W6 W7 W8 *
0.9203-109 0.9213 A 0.9204 D 0.9205 C 0.9203-110 2.9214 A 2.9114 A 2.9100-380
* not available as figure
DANGER No parts of the body should be over the equipment which is under pressure.
CAUTION Do not fall below the minimum bending radius r = 120 mm of the high-pressure hoses. Only use hydraulic oil as an operating material.
en / 31.05.2010
IB021418
1/5
Main Bearings
A5.05. 02.05.01.01
Inspection / Disassembly M20 30000, 15000
02
NOTE The bearing caps and bearing shells are marked continuously on the camshaft side starting from the clutch side according to which cylinder they belong and must not be exchanged. New parts are to be marked correspondingly. Even within the prescribed interval, the main bearings are to be removed, checked and measured if: Substructure deformations and/or crank web deflection changes after crashes appear and/or if the connecting rod bearings are found in a poor condition.
Sequence of operations: 1.
Remove main bearing.
1.1
Open driving room covers on camshaft and exhaust side and turn crankshaft into favorable position for removing.
1.2
Measure axial play “s” by the locating bearing (Fig. 1).
1.2.1
Place gage with magnetic holder on flywheel set and align at the cylinder block and crankcase.
1.2.2
Offset crankshaft axially, until bearing is on one side. Set gage to “zero”. Shift crankshaft in the opposite direction and read off axial clearance “s” at gage.
1.2.3
Axial play “s”:
s1
s = s1 + s2 New clearance mm
Limit clearance mm
1
0.23 - 0.4
0.6
2
s2
If the limiting clearance is exceeded, renew the stop disk segments and bearing shells in pairs.
3
NOTE
Fig. 1
Lower stop disk halves (Fig. 1/ 1) are pinned with clamping pins (2) at the bearing cap (3).
CAUTION It is imperative to mark the stop disks before a possible disassembly for checking purposes, so that they cannot be interchanged. Afterwards re-assemble them immediately!
en / 31.05.2010
IB021418
2/5
Main Bearings
A5.05. 02.05.01.01
Inspection / Disassembly M20 30000, 15000
02
1.3
Loosen bearing bolts with hydraulic tightening equipment.
1.3.1
Remove hexagon screws (Fig. 2/11) of the main bearing which is to be removed.
1.3.2
Place bearing ring (W1) over the round nut (12) and turn hydraulic tensioning element (W2) on bearing bolt (13) and screw against bearing ring. Make sure that the slots (14) are easily accessible.
1.3.3
Link hydraulic tensioning element (W2) with high-pressure pump (W3) via high-pressure hose (W4) and press onto block length (Valve [Z] open at the high-pressure pump).
W4
W1 Z
W3
11
12 14 W2 13 Fig. 2
1.3.4
Set a gap “s” of 2.5 mm (Fig. 3) between bearing ring and tensioning element.
1.3.5
Stretch both bearing bolts in one work sequence with
W5
p = 750 bar
12
s
and loosen round nuts (12) with pin (W5).
NOTE Prestress bearing bolts by approx. 50 bar more if required. If the pressure is increased further the round nut might stick due to stretching of the bolt thread.
Fig. 3
en / 31.05.2010
IB021418
3/5
Main Bearings
A5.05. 02.05.01.01
Inspection / Disassembly M20 30000, 15000
02
1.4
Measure clearance.
1.4.1
Remove hexagon screws (Fig. 4/11) of the respective main bearing on exhaust and camshaft side.
1.4.2
Hydraulically loosen both round nuts (12) in accordance with sequence of operations 1.3.
1.4.3
Relieve hydr. removal equipment and remove.
1.4.4
Tighten round nuts in turn by hand and uniformly, until the parting faces of the bearing shells just come into contact with each other.
1.4.5
KA
KS
11
12
Measure clearance “K” between cylinder block and crankcase and bearing cap on exhaust and camshaft side with feeler gage and add the two measured values.
Fig. 4
K = KA + KS Clearance “K” mm
Operating limit value mm
0.50 - 0.80
0.4
1.5
Screw lowering device (Fig. 5/W6) onto bearing cap (21) on exhaust and camshaft side.
1.6
Twist down round nuts (12) uniformly from bearing bolts and lower bearing cap carefully. Bearing cap is suspended on lowering device in the cylinder block and crankcase.
W6
21 12
1.7
Remove lower bearing shell from bearing cap.
1.8
Insert dog (Fig. 6/W7) into oil bore of the crankshaft and twist out top bearing shell to the exhaust side.
1.9
Check AL-groove bearings in accordance with rating criteria 02.03.09.nn.
Fig. 5
W7 1.10
In the case of 2-material bearings, check wearing of the wall-thickness in the main load region at check points (Fig. 7/X) with micrometer caliper.
en / 31.05.2010
Fig. 6
IB021418
4/5
Main Bearings
A5.05. 02.05.01.01
Inspection / Disassembly M20 30000, 15000
02
Wear = new dimension actual dimension New dimension: 4.927-0.015 mm In the case of a wear of > 0.05 mm the bearing shells are to be changed. Further rating criteria, 02.03.07.nn.
CAUTION If a bearing shell has to be changed during inspection, the adjacent bearings are also to be checked.
en / 31.05.2010
IB021418
5/5
Main Bearings
A5.05. 02.05.02.00
Maintenance / Reassembly M20
See also:
02.05.01.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.03.2.1110
Time requirement:
2 Pers./ 1,00 h
02
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Tools: Torque wrench Square-driven Socket wrench
W9 W10 W11
1.9454-500 1.9459-006 1.9024-036
See job chart 02.05.01.nn.
Auxiliary material: Molykote paste “G-Rapid Plus” ** ** or a product of equal standard
DANGER No parts of the body should be over the equipment which is under pressure.
CAUTION Do not fall below minimum bending radius r = 120 mm of the high-pressure hoses. Only use hydraulic oil as an operating material.
NOTE Bearing caps and bearing shells are marked continuously on the camshaft side starting from the clutch side according to which cylinder they belong and must not be exchanged. New parts are to be marked correspondingly. The specified torques only apply to the lubrication the thread and the contact faces of the nuts with Molykote. Only replace damaged bearing bolts and nuts together.
Sequence of operations: 1.
Fitting the bearing shells.
NOTE Top bearing shell is fitted with oil groove and oil bores.
en / 30.09.2010
IB001361
1/4
Main Bearings
A5.05. 02.05.02.00
Maintenance / Reassembly M20
1.1
Lubricate working face of the top bearing shell well, wipe bearing back dry and press bearing shell into the bearing so far that the dog (Fig. 1/W7) can be inserted into the oil bore of the crankshaft.
1.2
Twist in top bearing shell. Thereby, maintain central position of the bearing shell. The fixing lug must slide into the guide groove of the bearing seat.
1.3
Lubricate working face of the lower bearing shell, wipe bearing back dry and insert into bearing cap.
02
W7
CAUTION The bearing guide groove for the lower shell is on the camshaft side. Observe fixing pin on the exhaust gas side in the case of locating bearing cap. 2.
Tightening of the bearing shells.
2.1
Lift the bearing cap with the aid of the lowering device (Fig. 2/W6) over the bearing bolts and screw round nuts (1) uniformly on bearing bolts and tighten hand-tight with pin (W5). Remove lowering device (W6).
Fig. 1
W6
NOTE During the installation of new bearing shells, the clearance “K” and in the case of locating bearings, the axial play (02.05.01.nn) is to be measured.
1 Fig. 2
en / 30.09.2010
IB001361
2/4
Main Bearings
A5.05. 02.05.02.00
Maintenance / Reassembly M20
2.2
02
Coat threads and contact surfaces of the hexagon screws (Fig. 3/11) with Molykote paste “GRapid Plus” and tighten on alternate sides in 3 stages with torque wrench (W6) with torque 1st stage: 2nd stage: 3rd stage:
M = 100 Nm M = 300 Nm M = 480 Nm.
Alternative bolt tightening: Tighten in 2 steps with the following torques 1st stage: 1st stage:
30° M = 100 Nm M = 280 Nm
After that the lateral bolts are to be tightened with an angle of :
30
= (1/2 hexagon) (X).
X
11 1
Z
W3
W1 12
W2 Fig. 3
Place hydraulic tightening equipment on bearing bolts (12), connect to high-pressure pump (W3) and press hydraulic tensioning element (W2) onto block length. There should now be no gap between bearing ring (W1) and tensioning element (W2). 2.3
Close valve (Z) at the high-pressure pump (W3) and extend both bearing bolts uniformly in one work sequence with a pressure of p = 750 bar.
en / 30.09.2010
IB001361
3/4
Main Bearings
A5.05. 02.05.02.00
Maintenance / Reassembly M20
02
CAUTION The pressure must remain constant if the pump is not activated. Otherwise tightening errors occur. 2.4
Firmly tighten round nuts (1) uniformly with pin (W5).
3.
Inspection: Lower pressure by 50 bar. Round nuts (1) should no longer be able to be loosened by hand.
4.
Lower pressure at valve (Z) and remove hydraulic tightening equipment.
5.
Carry out lube oil flow-through inspection.
en / 30.09.2010
IB001361
4/4
Piston
A5.05. 02.06.01.01
Maintenance / Disassembly M20
See also:
01.06.01.nn, 02.04.01.nn, 02.07.01.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.02.2.2601
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,50 h
02
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Tools: Dismounting device, calibrating ring consisting of: liner support thrust ring
2.9216 B W1.1 W1.2
2.9216-103
ring bolt M12 turning rod
W2 W3 *
1.9080-12 2.9100-380
Z
*no illustration
Auxiliary material: 1 Rust removal spray “Caramba“**
5
** or product of equal standard
6
NOTE The cylinder liner is to be secured with the liner supports (W1.1) to prevent loosening of the cylinder liner (Fig.1 / 4).
2 W1.1 W1.2
Sequence of operations:
Z
1.
Use turning rod (W3) and turn crank pin approx. 20° before TDC in direction of the control side.
2.
Dismount cylinder head (01.06.01.nn)
3.
Place a used joint ring (Fig.1 / 1) onto the cylinder liner (4) to protect the sealing surface.
4.
Attach the liner supports (W1.1) to the used joint ring (1) as shown in the illustration
5.
Tighten round nuts (2) by hand.
3
en / 31.05.2010
4
1
IB004750
1/3
Piston
A5.05. 02.06.01.01
Maintenance / Disassembly M20
02
CAUTION The sealing surfaces of the cylinder liner have to be protected against damage!
6.
Fill the ring gap between piston (3)and cylinder liner (4) with grease.
7.
Carefully scrape off and completely remove carbon deposits in the liner (4) ) between TDC of the first piston ring and the lower edge of the calibrating ring (5).
NOTE Do not damage the surface of the liner !
8.
Clean the groove in the calibrating ring (5).
9.
Spray a thin film of rust removal spray „Caramba“ in the ring gap between calibrating ring (5) and liner (4).
10.
Allow the rust removal spray to react.
11.
To loosen the calibrating ring (5) slightly beat it with a copper hammer until you can turn the guide of the calibrating ring by hand.
12.
Turn piston (3) with turning rod (W3) approx. 50° to TDC.
13.
Insert thrust ring (W1.2) and compressed snap ring (6) until the lower edge rests on the piston.
14.
Carefully turn piston (3) and thrust ring (W1.2) upwards until the snap ring (6) is engaged in the groove of the calibrating ring (5).
15.
Turn piston (3) further upwards and press out the calibrating ring (5. ). Watch the position of the calibrating ring.
CAUTION In case the calibrating ring is tilted, you have to lower the piston and align the calibrating ring. The connecting-rod must not strike on the crank pin. Turn crank pin aside, if necessary. 16.
Remove calibrating ring (5) and thrust ring (W1.2).
17.
Dismount big-end bearing cover (02.04.01.nn).
18.
Turn piston (3) in TDC position, re-tap threaded hole (M12, 11 mm deep) in piston head.
en / 31.05.2010
IB004750
2/3
Piston
A5.05. 02.06.01.01
Maintenance / Disassembly M20
02
19.
Screw the ring bolt (Fig. 2 / W2)into the piston .
20.
Mount the crane to the ring bolt (W2).
21.
Slowly pull out the piston; carefully insert con-rod foot into the liner and remove bigend bearing shells.
22.
Place piston in a suitable device.
W2
2
en / 31.05.2010
IB004750
3/3
Piston
A5.05. 02.06.01.02
Maintenance / Disassembly M20
See also:
01.06.01.nn, 02.04.01.nn, 02.07.01.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.02.2.2601
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,50 h
02
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Tools: Sleeve support Eye screw M12 Turning rod Disassembly unit *not shown
W1 W2 W3* W4
2.9216-103 1.9080-012 2.9100-380 2.9216 C
Aids: “Caramba“** deruster **or equivalent product
NOTE To prevent loosening of the cylinder sleeve (4), it should also be secured with the sleeve supports (W1).
2 W1
Y 6
Z
W4
5
Y 1
Z
W2
3 en / 05.10.2010
4 IB004756
1/3
Piston
A5.05. 02.06.01.02
Maintenance / Disassembly M20
02
Procedure: 1.
Turn the crank pin with the turning rod (W3) approx. 20°in front of the top section to the control side.
2.
Remove the cylinder head (01.06.01.nn)
3.
Place a used sealing ring (1) as sealing surface protection on the cylinder sleeve (4).
4.
Position sleeve supports (W1) on the used sealing ring (1) as shown in the drawing.
5.
Hand-tighten the round nuts (2).
CAUTION The sealing surfaces of the sleeves must be protected from damage!
6.
Fill the annular gap between the piston (3) and the cylinder sleeve (4) with grease.
7.
Carefully scrape off the accumulated coke in the cylinder sleeve between the top section of the 1st piston ring and the lower edge of the calibration ring (5) and remove so that the shoulder of the calibration ring can be clearly felt all round.
NOTE Take care not to damage the cylinder sleeve surface!
8.
Lightly spray the annular gap between the calibration ring and the cylinder sleeve (4) with deruster.
9.
Allow the deruster to take effect.
10.
Insert the disassembly unit (W4) so that the recess (Z) is inside the calibration ring (5).
11.
Lightly tension the disassembly unit (W4) by turning the spindle nut (6).
12.
Force out the calibration ring (5) by turning up the piston (3) into the top position.
13.
Recut the threaded hole (M12, 11 mm deep) in the top of the piston.
14.
Insert the eye screw (W2) in the piston (3).
15.
Remove the cover of the connecting rod bearing (02.04.01.nn).
16.
Attach the crane to the eye screw (W2) and slowly remove the piston (3).
en / 05.10.2010
IB004756
2/3
Piston
A5.05. 02.06.01.02
Maintenance / Disassembly M20
02
CAUTION Make sure that the calibration ring is drawn out smoothly when removing the piston. If the calibration ring becomes tilted, lower the piston and align the calibration ring. The connecting rod must not strike the crank pin; if necessary turn the crank pin to the side. 17.
Drop the piston in the appropriate direction.
en / 05.10.2010
IB004756
3/3
Piston Rings and Grooves
A5.05. 02.07.01.01
Inspection / Checking M20 30000, 7500 See also:
01.06.01.nn, 02.04.01.nn, 02.06.01.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.02.2.2617
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,50 h
02
Personnel qualification: Chief engineer / skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Inspection: of one piston and its rings after
7,500 h
Maintenance: of all pistons and their rings after
30,000 h
Tools: Piston ring expander
W1
2.9227-A
NOTE f the running surfaces of all cylinder liners are without scores or high spots or any other damage and if the parts of the drawn piston are in proper condition, all piston rings free and no heavy wear can be detected, the inspection of the others pistons can be postponed to a later date, but not beyond a maximum of 30,000 operating hours. During the inspection, pay special attention to any sharp edges of the rings, ring tension or rings sticking due to carbon deposits. Do not remove graphite coating on the piston skirt. After fitting new piston rings, the engine must be driven in according to the driving-in regulation A3.10.01.nn! Built-up pistons with chrome-plated 1st ring groove may only be reconditioned by the manufacturer.
Sequence of operations: 1.
Piston inspection (7,500 h)
1.1
Open all crankcase doors.
1.2
Check the running surfaces of the cylinder liners from the crank chamber.
1.3
Draw the piston from the liner with worst running pattern (02.06.01.nn). Draw the other pistons too, if the piston rings are stuck or rotten.
en / 31.05.2010
IB021477
1/3
Piston Rings and Grooves
A5.05. 02.07.01.01
Inspection / Checking M20 30000, 7500 1.4
Remove the piston rings only with the correct tool (Fig. 1/W1). Maintain previous position of the rings referring to the mounting position of the piston given in the measuring sheet.
1.5
Clean piston rings.
1.6
Check the the chrome layer for wear, especially at the cut and at the opposite side. Renew all rings of this piston even if only parts of the chrome layer is no longer visible.
02
If the chrome layer of one piston ring has been worn, check the rings of all pistons. 1.7
Clean the piston, ring grooves and oil return holes for the scraper scraper ring.
1.8
Smooth slight friction and seizing marks with an oily fine emery cloth or fine carborundum stone. Renew the piston in case of heavy damage or deep scores.
1.9
Measure the groove width hN (Fig. 2) in the front area of the groove in longitudinal and transverse directions of the engine. When exceeding the limits, have the ring grooves reconditioned by MaK.
1.10
Measure the ring thickness hR (Fig. 2) at 4 different points.
hN1 = new hN2 = worn
en / 31.05.2010
IB021477
2/3
Piston Rings and Grooves
A5.05. 02.07.01.01
Inspection / Checking M20 30000, 7500 1.11
02
Determine the clearance by calculation and check it against the table.
Groove
Ring thicknes hR Nominal mm
Groove width hN Wear limit mm
Limit of hN - hR mm
1–3
4.95
5.6
0.65
4
6
6.5
0.5
1.12
Fit piston rings with the marking facing upwards (Fig. 3/X) and with the ring stops into the ring grooves alternatingly opposite in engine longitudinal direction.
2.
Maintenance (30,000 h)
2.1
Draw all pistons (02.06.01.nn).
2.2
Check the state of lubrication and appearance of the running surface of the piston and clean it.
2.3
Remove the piston rings with piston ring expander (Fig. 1/W1). Maintain previous position of the rings referring to the mounting position of the piston given in the measuring sheet.
2.4
Clean all ring grooves.
2.5
Measure the groove width hN in accordance with sequence of operations 1.9.
2.6
Renew all compression and scraper rings.
2.6.1
Fit piston rings with the marking facing upwards (Fig. 3/X) and with the ring stops into the ring grooves alternatingly opposite in engine longitudinal direction.
2.7
Fit all pistons (02.06.02.nn).
en / 31.05.2010
IB021477
3/3
Piston Rings and Grooves
A5.05. 02.07.01.03
Inspection / Checking M20 30000, 7500 See also:
01.06.01.nn, 02.04.01.nn, 02.06.01.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.02.2.2617
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,50 h
02
Personnel qualification: Chief engineer / skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Inspection: of one piston and its rings after
7,500 h
Maintenance: of all pistons and their rings after
30,000 h
Tools: Piston ring expander
W1
2.9227-A
NOTE If the running surfaces of all cylinder liners are without scores or high spots or any other damage and if the parts of the drawn piston are in proper condition, all piston rings free and no heavy wear can be detected, the inspection of the others pistons can be postponed to a later date, but not beyond a maximum of 30,000 operating hours. During the inspection, pay special attention to any sharp edges of the rings, ring tension or rings sticking due to carbon deposits. Do not remove graphite coating on the piston skirt. After fitting new piston rings, the engine must be driven in according to the driving-in regulation A3.10.01.nn! Built-up pistons with chrome-plated 1st ring groove may only be reconditioned by the manufacturer.
Sequence of operations: 1.
Piston inspection (7,500 h)
1.1
Open all crankcase doors.
1.2
Check the running surfaces of the cylinder liners from the crank chamber.
1.3
Draw the piston from the liner with worst running pattern (02.06.01.nn). Draw the other pistons too, if the piston rings are stuck or rotten.
en / 31.05.2010
IB022421
1/3
Piston Rings and Grooves
A5.05. 02.07.01.03
Inspection / Checking M20 30000, 7500 1.4
Remove the piston rings only with the correct tool (Fig. 1/W1). Maintain previous position of the rings referring to the mounting position of the piston given in the measuring sheet.
1.5
Clean piston rings.
1.6
Check the the chrome layer for wear, especially at the cut and at the opposite side. Renew all rings of this piston even if only parts of the chrome layer is no longer visible.
02
If the chrome layer of one piston ring has been worn, check the rings of all pistons. 1.7
Clean the piston, ring grooves and oil return holes for the scraper scraper ring.
1.8
Smooth slight friction and seizing marks with an oily fine emery cloth or fine carborundum stone. Renew the piston in case of heavy damage or deep scores.
1.9
Measure the groove width hN (Fig. 2) in the front area of the groove in longitudinal and transverse directions of the engine. When exceeding the limits, have the ring grooves reconditioned by MaK.
1.10
Measure the ring thickness hR (Fig. 2) at 4 different points.
hN1 = new hN2 = worn
en / 31.05.2010
IB022421
2/3
Piston Rings and Grooves
A5.05. 02.07.01.03
Inspection / Checking M20 30000, 7500 1.11
02
Determine the clearance by calculation and check it against the table.
Groove
Ring thicknes hR Nominal mm
Groove width hN Wear limit mm
Limit of hN - hR mm
1–2
4.95
5.6
0.65
3
6
6.5
0.5
1.12
Fit piston rings with the marking facing upwards (Fig. 3/X) and with the ring stops into the ring grooves alternatingly opposite in engine longitudinal direction.
2.
Maintenance (30,000 h)
2.1
Draw all pistons (02.06.01.nn).
2.2
Check the state of lubrication and appearance of the running surface of the piston and clean it.
2.3
Remove the piston rings with piston ring expander (Fig. 1/W1). Maintain previous position of the rings referring to the mounting position of the piston given in the measuring sheet.
2.4
Clean all ring grooves.
2.5
Measure the groove width hN in accordance with sequence of operations 1.9.
2.6
Renew all compression and scraper rings.
2.6.1
Fit piston rings with the marking facing upwards (Fig. 3/X) and with the ring stops into the ring grooves alternatingly opposite in engine longitudinal direction.
2.7
Fit all pistons (02.06.02.nn).
en / 31.05.2010
IB022421
3/3
Piston
A5.05. 02.10.01.01
Maintenance / Reassembly M20
See also:
02.04.02.nn, 02.07.01.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.02.2.2601
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,50 h
02
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Tools: Mounting/extraction device for pistons Cylinder liner holder Piston assembly ring Piston insertion device (sheet metal sleeve)
W1 W2 W3 W4
1.9080-012 2.9217 A 2.9220 B 259220 A
Auxiliary material: Molykote paste "G-Rapid Plus“ ** ** or a product of equal standard
NOTE The cylinder liner must always be secured by means of the cylinder liner holder (fig. 3/W2) to prevent the cylinder liner from coming loose when turning the engine (without dismantled cylinder head)! Pay attention to the cylinder number mark on the bottom end. Drive in the engine according to the driving-in regulation (A3.10.01.nn) after fitting a new piston/new piston rings!
Sequence of operations: 1.
Replace the piston rings as required.
2.
Fit the new piston rings with the ring joints in a longitudinal direction to the engine alternately arranged opposite each other! Lubricate the piston rings and pistons well on the outside.
en / 30.09.2010
IB004785
1/3
Piston
A5.05. 02.10.01.01
Maintenance / Reassembly M20
3.
Slacken the tightening screw (fig. 1/10) until the piston insertion device (W4) has been relieved and can be guided freely over the piston rings.
4.
Apply Molykote paste "G-Rapid Plus" to the thread and contact surface of the tightening screw (10).
5.
Place the piston insertion device (W4) over the piston ring zone and tighten the tightening screw (10).
02
CAUTION Make sure the piston rings do not sit on the outer edge of the ring groove when tightening the tightening screw. Eliminate any faulty gripping by tapping the piston insertion device slightly. 6.
Check the floating position of the rings by turning the piston insertion device (W4).
7.
Mount the piston assembly ring (fig. 2/ W3).
8.
Mount the piston mounting/extraction device (fig. 3/W1).
W3
CAUTION 2
Turn the crank pin to a favourable installation position. The bottom end must not knock against the crank pin when being lowered. 9.
Attach the piston (3) to the crane and raise it.
10.
Carefully insert the bottom end in the cylinder liner with the cylinder number mark towards the control side and lower the piston exactly in the cylinder axis so that the bottom end does not jam in the cylinder liner.
11.
Let the piston insertion device (fig. 1/W4) lie flush on the piston assembly ring (fig. 2/W3) and carefully lower the piston further guiding the bottom end over the crank pin by hand.
en / 30.09.2010
IB004785
2/3
Piston
A5.05. 02.10.01.01
Maintenance / Reassembly M20
12.
If it has been removed, mount the cylinder liner holder (fig. 3/W2) on the cylinder liner (2). Only screw the hexagon socket screw finger (5) tight against the cylinder crankcase (4).
13.
Dismantle the piston insertion device (fig. 1/W4), piston assembly ring (fig. 2/W3) as well as the piston mounting/extraction device (fig. 3/W1).
14.
Clean the contact surface on the cylinder liner collar.
02
1
W1
3
2
CAUTION Insert the calibrating ring (1) only after the piston has been mounted! 15.
Insert a new calibrating ring carefully into the cylinder liner and lower it down to the recess. Do not tilt the calibrating ring !
16.
Mount the con-rod (02.04.02.nn).
17.
Mount the cylinder head (01.11.01.nn).
18.
Dismantle the cylinder liner holder (W2).
19.
Mount the power unit cover and close the indicator valves.
20.
Dismantle the turning device.
en / 30.09.2010
4 5
3
IB004785
W2
3/3
Crankcase Explosion Relief Valves
A5.05. 03.01.01.00
Inspection / Checking M20/M282/M332C/M452/M453C/M551/M552C 1500 See also:
02.01.01.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.03.n.1633
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,50 h
03
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Inspection: Check the freedom of movement of the relief valves.
Auxiliary material: Glue “Hymir 1000” and hardener * Molykote paste “G-Rapid” * * or a produkt of equal standard
Sequence of Operations: 1.
Check the relief valve (2) from the inside of the crankcase door (1) for freedom of movement by actuating it by hand.
2.
If the valve ist not free on the guide bolt (3), disassemble the valve.
3.
Check the guide bolt and plate (4) and touch them up if necessary.
4.
Check the O-ring (6) on the guide bolt and renew it if necessary.
5.
When fitting a new O-ring, cover the thread (M 12) portion of the bolt with a smooth piece of sheet metal, cardboard or similar.
6.
Check the seal (5) of valve plate (4) and renew it if necessary (fix it with “Hymir 1000” and hardener). Coat the shank of the bolt with Molykote paste “GRapid”.
7.
Assemble the relief valve, fit the split pin and check the valve plate for freedom.
en / 30.05.2000
IB021500
1/1
Explosion relief valve
A5.05. 03.01.01.02
Inspection / Checking M20 1500 See also:
02.01.01.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.03.2.1633
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 1,00 h
03
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Inspection: freedom of movement of the explosion relief valve.
NOTE Disassembly of the explosion relief valve is only required when the prescribed spring tension can not be reached or abnormal fouling by oil or a leakage can be recognized.
Sequence of operations: 1.
Check the relief valve manually for freedom from inside of the crankcase door (1). Thereto remove the crankcase door or the explosion relief valve.
2.
Disassembly
2.1
Remove hexagon screws (9) of the explosion relief valve and the crankcase door (1).
2.2
Remove the explosion relief valve completely from crankcase door (1).
2.3
Screw off the nuts (2) with the spring ring (3) from the countersunk screws (4).
2.4
Lift off the deflection plate (5), the pressure spring (6) and the valve plate (7).
2.5
Remove the two countersunk screws (4).
2.6
Remove the six spacer tubes (8) with retaining washers.
2.7
Take the rubber ring (10) out of the seat ring.
2.8
Clean all parts with gas oil.
2.9
Check all parts and renew if necessary.
en / 31.05.2010
IB025068
1/2
Explosion relief valve
A5.05. 03.01.01.02
Inspection / Checking M20 1500
03
3.
Reassembly
3.1
Reassembly is done in reverse order of disassembly.
3.2
Tighten connecting bolts (9) using a torque of M = 24,5 Nm
3.3
Check the explosion relief valve for proper function by manual operation after assembly.
3.4
When mounting the explosion relief valve to the crankcase door be sure that the sealing between seat ring and crankcase door is in proper condition.
en / 31.05.2010
IB025068
2/2
Explosion relief valve
A5.05. 03.01.01.03
Inspection / Checking M20 1500 See also:
02.01.01.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.03.2.1633
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 1,00 h
03
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Check: Ease of movement of the explosion relief valve every
1,500 h
Auxiliary materials: Molykote Paste "G Rapid Plus“ * Sealing compound "Dirko No. 610.020" * * or equivalent product
NOTE Removal of the explosion relief valve (5) is only required if the specified spring tension is not provided any more, in the event of abnormal oil contamination or if any leaks should be identified during operation.
Procedure: 1.
Check the relief valve from the inside of the crankcase door (1) for ease of movement by actuating the valve by hand. For this purpose dismantle the crankcase door (1) or the explosion relief valve (5).
2.
Disassembly
2.1
Unscrew and remove screws (8) from crankcase door (1).
2.2
Remove explosion relief valve (5) from the crankcase cover (1).
3.
Assembly
3.1
Coat the threads of screws (8) slightly with Molykote Paste "G-Rapid Plus".
3.2
Clean the sealing face (10) on the crankcase door (1) and lubricate with sealing compound "Dirko No. 610.020".
3.3
Put the explosion relief valve (5) in place on the crankcase door (1).
en / 30.09.2010
IB026533
1/2
Explosion relief valve
A5.05. 03.01.01.03
Inspection / Checking M20 1500 3.4
03
Tighten screws (8) to a torque of M = 15 Nm.
3.5
After assembly check the explosion relief valve for proper operation by actuating it by hand.
3.6
When mounting the explosion relief valve on the crankcase door care has to be taken to ensure proper sealing between seat and crankcase door.
en / 30.09.2010
IB026533
2/2
Zylinderbuchse
A5.05. 03.03.01.02
Inspection / Measuring M20 30000, 15000
03
See also:
02.06.01.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.03.2.1611
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,50 h
Personnel qualification: Chief engineer / skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Inspection: -
Of one cylinder liner Of all cylinder liners
after every
15,000 h 30,000 h
-
Of the cylinder liner after removing the piston. Before and after fitting the cylinder liner.
Tools: Gauge ruler for cylinder liners Precision inside micrometer * not illustrated , special tool
W1 W2 *
2.9216-022 1.9425-300
Sequence of operation: 1.
Check the cylinder liner.
NOTE wear can occur on the cylinder liners which has to be evaluated and measured depending on the operating time and operating conditions (fig. 3). 1.1
Dismantle the calibrating ring (02.05.50.nn) and extract the piston (02.06.01.nn).
1.2
Clean the inside of the cylinder liner. The crankcase must be properly covered when doing this.
1.3
Measure the cylinder liner at the measuring points specified by the gauge ruler (fig. 1/W1) and the table (fig. 2) longitudinally, transversally and 2 x diagonally to the engine axis by means of the precision inside micrometer (W2).
1.4
Wear Measuring point 1 2 3 Reference dimension
en / 31.05.2010
Longitudinal direction
Transverse direction
Diagonal
IB022447
Diagonal
1/2
Zylinderbuchse
A5.05. 03.03.01.02
Inspection / Measuring M20 30000, 15000
03
1.5
Enter the measured values in the table (fig. 2) and then determine the wear (d1 reference dimension d3 etc.). Also refer to the measuring sheet in the "forms for maintenance reports" folder”.
1.6
When the wear limit, normally in the area of the upper piston ring point of return (fig. 3/4; TDC, first ring) or other limit values indicate in the table are reached, then the cylinder liner must be replaced. Reconditioning of the cylinder liners is only possible by Caterpillar / MaK.
Cylinder liner wear chart Evaluation criteria
Wear limit (mm)
Explanation
Nominal Ø (new)
*
Radius r ≥ 3mm
200 +46
** ***
in circumferencial direction 1: Gusset, 2: Pocket, 3: Scores 4: TDC 1st. ring, 5: Canyon
Wear
0,8
Max. out-or-round
0,25
Gusset
Height Depth *
6,00 0,03
wedge-shaped indentation across the entire circumference, beginning from the TDC of 1st. piston ring.
Canyon
max. number Height total width
3 6,00 3,00
Individual deep blow-through ducts in the area of the first piston ring (TDC).
Scores
Number Height Depth
3 140,00 0,03
Pocket
Number Height Width ** Depth *
3 45,00 15,00 0,02
en / 31.05.2010
IB022447
Vertical and linear scores.
Irregular indentations.
2/2
Cylinder Liner
A5.05. 03.04.01.00
Maintenance / Disassembly M20 30000 See also:
01.06.01.nn, 02.06.01.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.03.2.1110
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,50 h
03
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Maintenance: Removal of cylinder liners and changing O-rings after
30,000 h
Tools: Device for mounting and extracting the cylinder liners
W1
2.9216-A
Sequence of operations: 1.
Put upper crosshead half (Fig. 1/W1) with threaded rod and eye bolt on liner collar.
2.
Mount lower crosshead half (1) and tighten both crosshead halves firmly with each other with nuts (2).
CAUTION The cylinder liner holding device must be removed.
W1 3
3.
Attach the extracting device to a crane and lift the liner along its centre line out of the cylinder and put it down.
4.
Remove O-rings (Fig. 1/3 and 4) at the cylinder liner collar and in the cooling water distributor housing. Thoroughly clean the sealing surfaces and annular grooves for the O-rings.
5.
Clean the seat of the liner collar and the fir for the upper and bottom end of the liner in the cylinder.
6.
4
1 2
Clean the cooling water zone at the cylinder liner collar.
Fig. 1 en / 30.09.2010
IB021527
1/1
Cylinder Liner
A5.05. 03.04.02.00
Maintenance / Reassembly M20
See also:
03.04.01.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.03.2.1110
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,50 h
03
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Tools: Device for mounting and extracting the cylinder liners
W1
2.9216-A
Auxiliary material: Vaseline * * or a product of equal standard
NOTE After fitting a new cylinder liner, the engine must be driven in according to the driving-in regulation A3.10.01.nn!
Sequence of operations: W1 1.
2.
Clean cooling water distributor housing before installation.
3 1
4
Insert new O-rings (Fig. 1/1 and 2) at the cylinder liner collar and in the cooling water distributor housing (3).
2
CAUTION
5
Fit the O-rings with vaseline or green grease soap untwisted in the grooves; do not pull the rings over the liner collar. 3.
5
Insert the cylinder liner with mounting device (W1) in the cylinder block and crankcase (4) by means of an extracting device.
Fig. 1
en / 30.09.2010
IB001369
1/2
Cylinder Liner
A5.05. 03.04.02.00
Maintenance / Reassembly M20
03 4.
The cylinder liner must slide into the fitting of the cylinder block and crankcase (Fig. 1/5) through its own weight.
X
NOTE Insert the cylinder liner in such a way, that the markings (11) (Fig. 2/X, top view liner collar) point in longitudinal direction to the coupling side. The cast nose (12) serves as an aligning aid at the cooling water distributor housing.
Fig. 2
12
11 X
en / 30.09.2010
IB001369
2/2
Engine Bolting and Unions
A5.05. 03.07.01.00
Inspection / Checking M20 150
03
See also:
02.02.01.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.06.2.7210, B1.05.07.2.8510
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 2,00 h
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Inspection: of all bolts, unions and screwed connections for good fitting and leaks.
NOTE This precautionary measure has to be taken once to detect any leaks and/or slack screwed connections that might result from some parts or gaskets taking a set that could cause damage. When starting up a new plant (150 h) and/or after major repairs, the engine unions and screwed connections have to be inspected for good fitting and leaks.
Sequence of operations: 1.
Check the flanged connections, filter thermostats and pipe clamps of the followinf systems for good mounting and leaks:
• Cooling water • Lubricating oil • Fuel • Exhaust gas • Starting air • Pneumatic control 2.
Retighten the fixing bolts of the brackets for the injection pump control rod and check the locking washers and pins of the linkage.
3.
Check the monitoring and control equipment for good fitting. Cables and signal lines must not scrape against any part.
4.
Check the foundation bolts by knocking. Measure the crank web deflection after tightening slack foundation bolts (02.02.01.nn). Consult MaK aftersales service for tightening values.
5.
Check the elastic bearing elements for damages.
en / 10.08.2010
IB001402
1/1
Camshaft Bearing
A5.05. 04.01.01.00
Inspection / Checking M20 30000, 15000 See also:
02.01.01.nn, 04.01.02.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.04.2.3120
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,20 h
04
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Inspection: -
Bearing clearance of one camshaft bearing after
15,000 h
-
Bearing clearance of all camshaft bearings after
30,000 h
NOTE Camshaft bearings are not subjected to load changes. The load on the bearing occurs exceptionally in the lower contact area and is relatively heavy in this area. Smooth overload along the edges is not unusual.
Sequence of operations: 1.
Check the camshaft bearing clearance.
1.1
Open corresponding inspection glass lid of the camshaft door on the control side.
1.2
Measure clearance camshaft bearing / bearing neck. New clearance mm
Clearance limit mm
0,11 - 0,165
0,22
NOTE With reaching the clearance limit the camshaft bearing is to be replaced (MaK customer support) and the clearance of all camshaft bearings are to be checked. Check running surface of the bearing necks of the corresponding camshaft bearings.
en / 30.09.2010
IB026569
1/1
Camshaft
A5.05. 04.04.01.00
Repair / Disassembly and reassembly M20
See also:
01.01.01.nn, 01.02.01.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.04.2.3120
Time requirement:
2 Pers./ 2,00 h
04
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Tools: Camshaft - mounting device Locking screw Torque wrench 40 - 180 Nm Hexagon socket wrench 10 mm Turning rod
W1 W2 W3 W4 * W5 *
2.9230-A 1.9454-40 1.9039-10 2.9100-380
* not available as figure
Auxiliary material: Sliding coating Metaflux ** Molykote paste ”G-Rapid Plus” ** ** or a product of equal standard
Sequence of operations: 1.
Disassembly
1.1
Open the decompression valves.
1.2
Remove the camshaft cover at the camshaft side and the cover on the opposite side of the clutch.
1.3
Remove the valve rocker of this cylinder and all cylinders to the right of it (01.02.01.nn).
1.4
Lift the rockers of the corresponding inlet and exhaust valve drives (Fig. 1/1) from the cams and secure with locking screw (W2).
W2
1
Fig. 1
en / 31.05.2010
IB001455
1/3
Camshaft
A5.05. 04.04.01.00
Repair / Disassembly and reassembly M20
1.5
Turn the camshaft to highest cam elevation (TDC). Remove and fasten the rocker (Fig. 2/1) of the corresponding injection pump drives with locking screws from injection cams (W2).
1.6
Assemble the camshaft - mounting device (Fig. 3/W1) at the cylinder crankcase in accordance with arrangement 1.7 and set it with hexagon screws (21) to camshaft flange height (X).
1.7
04
W2
Arrangement of the camshaft mounting device Disassembly camshaft piece cylinder No.
Camshaft mounting device at cylinder unit
1 2 3 4 5 6
3+6 4+6 5+6 6 – –
1
Fig. 2
For removing the camshaft piece of cylinder unit 6 or cylinder unit 5 lift the camshaft piece of cylinder unit 6 out of the engiene block through the mounting opening at face end.. 1.8
Loosen the flange screws (22) of the camshaft piece to be disassembled and the camshaft piece right to it with hexagon socket wrench (W4) and extension. Release the inaccessible screws.
1.9
Shift the loosened camshaft with mounting device carefully and without great force to the right by one cylinder unit.
1.10
Remove the camshaft piece to the right side from the loosened adjacent camshaft covering.
21 W1
22
X
21
W1 Fig. 3
en / 31.05.2010
IB001455
2/3
Camshaft
A5.05. 04.04.01.00
Repair / Disassembly and reassembly M20
04
31
CAUTION Do not cant camshaft piece in the camshaft bearings during removal. Handle with utmost caution. Danger of destruction of the bearings. 2.
Assembly
NOTE The camshaft flange (Fig. 4/ 31) of every piece is pinned according to the cylinder and position in accordance with the firing order (32) and provided with a flange index (33) (see table).
Camshaft piece cylinder No.
Flange index
1 2 3 4 5 6
4 2 3 4 5 6
32 33
Fig. 4
2.1
Position the camshaft pieces in reverse disassembly order.
2.2
Grease the threads and contact surfaces of the flange screws with Molykote paste ”G-Rapid Plus” and bolt the loosened camshaft pieces.
2.3
Tighten the flange screws crosswise with a torque of 100 Nm = 50°° angle of rotation. Remove the camshaft - mounting devices (W1).
2.4
Remove the locking screws (W2) of the raised valve and pump drive rocker.
2.5
Mount the valve rocker (01.02.01.nn) and check the valve clearance (01.01.01.nn).
2.6
Check the lubricating oil flow.
en / 31.05.2010
IB001455
3/3
Camshaft
A5.05. 04.04.01.01
Repair / Disassembly and reassembly M20
See also:
01.01.01.nn, 01.02.01.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.04.2.3120
Time requirement:
2 Pers./ 2,00 h
04
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Tools: Camshaft - mounting device Locking screw Torque wrench 40 - 180 Nm Hexagon socket wrench 10 mm Turning rod
W1 W2 W3 W4 * W5 *
2.9230-A 1.9454-40 1.9039-10 2.9100-380
* not available as figure
Auxiliary material: Sliding coating Metaflux ** Molykote paste ”G-Rapid Plus” ** ** or a product of equal standard
Sequence of operations: 1.
Disassembly
1.1
Open the decompression valves.
1.2
Remove the camshaft cover at the camshaft side and the cover on the opposite side of the clutch.
1.3
Remove the valve rocker of this cylinder and all cylinders to the right of it (01.02.01.nn).
1.4
Lift the rockers of the corresponding inlet and exhaust valve drives (Fig. 1/1) from the cams and secure with locking screw (W2).
W2
1
Fig. 1
en / 30.09.2010
IB002113
1/3
Camshaft
A5.05. 04.04.01.01
Repair / Disassembly and reassembly M20
1.5
Turn the camshaft to highest cam elevation (TDC). Remove and fasten the rocker (Fig. 2/1) of the corresponding injection pump drives with locking screws from injection cams (W2).
1.6
Assemble the camshaft - mounting device (Fig. 3/W1) at the cylinder crankcase in accordance with arrangement 1.7 and set it with hexagon screws (21) to camshaft flange height (X).
04
W2 1.7
Arrangement of the camshaft mounting device Disassembly camshaft piece cylinder No.
Camshaft mounting device at cylinder unit
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
3+7 4+8 5+8 6+9 7+9 8 9 – –
1
Fig. 2
21
For removing the camshaft piece of cylinder unit 9 or cylinder unit 8 lift the camshaft piece of cylinder unit 9 out of the engiene block through the mounting opening at face end. 1.8
W1
Loosen the flange screws (22) of the camshaft piece to be disassembled and the camshaft piece right to it with hexagon socket wrench (W4) and extension. Release the inaccessible screws.
1.9
Shift the loosened camshaft with mounting device carefully and without great force to the right by one cylinder unit.
1.10
Remove the camshaft piece to the right side from the loosened adjacent camshaft covering.
22
X
21
W1 Fig. 3
en / 30.09.2010
IB002113
2/3
Camshaft
A5.05. 04.04.01.01
Repair / Disassembly and reassembly M20
04 31
CAUTION Do not cant camshaft piece in the camshaft bearings during removal. Handle with utmost caution. Danger of destruction of the bearings. 2.
Assembly
NOTE The camshaft flange (Fig. 4/31) of every piece is pinned according to the cylinder and position in accordance with the firing order (32) and provided with a flange index (33) (see table).
Camshaft piece cylinder No.
Flange index
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1
32 33
Fig. 4
2.1
Position the camshaft pieces in reverse disassembly order.
2.2
Grease the threads and contact surfaces of the flange screws with Molykote paste ”G-Rapid Plus” and bolt the loosened camshaft pieces.
2.3
Tighten the flange screws crosswise with a torque of 100 Nm = 50°° angle of rotation. Remove the camshaft - mounting devices (W1).
2.4
Remove the locking screws (W2) of the raised valve and pump drive rocker.
2.5
Mount the valve rocker (01.02.01.nn)and check the valve clearance (01.01.01.nn).
2.6
Check the lubricating oil flow.
en / 30.09.2010
IB002113
3/3
Camshaft
A5.05. 04.04.01.02
Repair / Disassembly and reassembly M20
See also:
01.01.01.nn, 01.02.01.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.04.2.3120
Time requirement:
2 Pers./ 2,00 h
04
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Tools: Camshaft - mounting device Locking screw Torque wrench 40 - 180 Nm Hexagon socket wrench 10 mm Turning rod
W1 W2 W3 W4 * W5 *
2.9230-A 1.9454-40 1.9039-10 2.9100-380
* not available as figure
Auxiliary material: Sliding coating Metaflux ** Molykote paste ”G-Rapid Plus” ** ** or a product of equal standard
Sequence of operations: 1.
Disassembly
1.1
Open the decompression valves.
1.2
Remove the camshaft cover at the camshaft side and the cover on the opposite side of the clutch.
1.3
Remove the valve rocker of this cylinder and all cylinders to the right of it (01.02.01.nn).
1.4
Lift the rockers of the corresponding inlet and exhaust valve drives (Fig. 1/1) from the cams and secure with locking screw (W2).
W2
1
Fig. 1
en / 31.05.2010
IB002116
1/3
Camshaft
A5.05. 04.04.01.02
Repair / Disassembly and reassembly M20
1.5
Turn the camshaft to highest cam elevation (TDC). Remove and fasten the rocker (Fig. 2/1) of the corresponding injection pump drives with locking screws from injection cams (W2).
1.6
Assemble the camshaft - mounting device (Fig. 3/W1) at the cylinder crankcase in accordance with arrangement 1.7 and set it with hexagon screws (21) to camshaft flange height (X).
1.7
04
W2
Arrangement of the camshaft mounting device Disassembly camshaft piece cylinder No.
Camshaft mounting device at cylinder unit
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
3+7 4+7 5+8 6+8 7+8 8 – –
1
Fig. 2
21 For removing the camshaft piece of cylinder unit 8 or cylinder unit 7 lift the camshaft piece of cylinder unit 8 out of the engiene block through the mounting opening at face end. 1.8
W1
Loosen the flange screws (22) of the camshaft piece to be disassembled and the camshaft piece right to it with hexagon socket wrench (W4) and extension. Release the inaccessible screws.
1.9
Shift the loosened camshaft with mounting device carefully and without great force to the right by one cylinder unit.
1.10
Remove the camshaft piece to the right side from the loosened adjacent camshaft covering.
22
X
21
W1 Fig. 3
en / 31.05.2010
IB002116
2/3
Camshaft
A5.05. 04.04.01.02
Repair / Disassembly and reassembly M20
04
CAUTION
31
Do not cant camshaft piece in the camshaft bearings during removal. Handle with utmost caution. Danger of destruction of the bearings. 2.
Assembly
NOTE The camshaft flange (Fig. 4/31) of every piece is pinned according to the cylinder and position in accordance with the firing order (32) and provided with a flange index (33) (see table).
Camshaft piece cylinder No.
Flange index
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
32 33
Fig. 4
2.1
Position the camshaft pieces in reverse disassembly order.
2.2
Grease the threads and contact surfaces of the flange screws with Molykote paste ”G-Rapid Plus” and bolt the loosened camshaft pieces.
2.3
Tighten the flange screws crosswise with a torque of 100 Nm = 50°° angle of rotation. Remove the camshaft - mounting devices (W1).
2.4
Remove the locking screws (W2) of the raised valve and pump drive rocker.
2.5
Mount the valve rocker (01.02.01.nn) and check the valve clearance (01.01.01.nn).
2.6
Check the lubricating oil flow.
en / 31.05.2010
IB002116
3/3
Timing Gear Train
A5.05. 04.08.01.00
Inspection / Checking M20 3750
04
See also: Spare parts list:
B1.05.04.2.5140
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,50 h
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Inspection: Working surfaces of the teeth
3,750 h
Sequence of operation: 1.
Remove the covers at the gear housing on the camshaft and exhaust side.
1.1
Check the tooth surfaces of the camshaft gear (Fig. 1/1), intermediate wheel (2) and crankshaft gear (3) (pitting, cross bearing, disintegrations etc.)
1.2
1
4 6
2
Check the function of the oil nozzles (4, 5 and 6).
7 1.3
Fit the covers and check the gaskets.
2.
Replace the O-rings on the intermediate wheel axle (7).
2.1
Remove locking plate (Fig. 2/10).
2.2
Shift the intermediate wheel axle (7) from the gear housing in the direction of the coupling side and renew the O-ring (11).
5
3 Fig. 1 10
CAUTION The preset tooth meshing of the intermediate wheel to the camshaft gear and crankshaft gear must not be adjusted. Danger of timing adjustment!
11
7 Fig. 2
en / 30.09.2010
IB022002
1/1
Governor Drive
A5.05. 04.08.03.00
Inspection / Disassembly and reassembly M20 15000
04
See also: Spare parts list:
B1.05.04.2.4111
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 2,00 h
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Inspection: Contact reflection at helical gear wheels
every
15,000 h
Tools: Torque wrench 40 - 180 Nm 1/2"
W1 *
1.9454-40
* not available as figure
Auxiliary material: Molykote paste “G-Rapid Plus” ** Silicon sealing compound “Dirco Gray” ** ** or a product of equal standard
Sequence of operations: 1.
Disassembly
1.1
Loosen the governor linkage from the governor.
1.2
Unscrew the hexagon screws (Fig. 1/1) and lift the governor (2) from the guide of the governor housing (3).
1.3
2 1
Loosen the fillister head screws (4) and lift the housing from the top edge of the cylinder block and crankcase (3). The housing is fixed with two dowel pins (5).
4 3
5
Fig. 1 en / 31.05.2010
IB022022
1/3
Governor Drive
A5.05. 04.08.03.00
Inspection / Disassembly and reassembly M20 15000 1.4
Loosen and remove the cover (Fig. 2/11) at the gear housing, taking care of the dowel pin (12). Check the oil lubricating hole.
1.5
Loosen the hexagon screws at the helical gear wheel (13) and remove the helical gear wheel (13) from the camshaft gear (14).
1.6
Release the castellated nut (15) and unscrew it with the conical spring washer (16) from the governor drive shaft (17).
04
20 21
1.7
1.8
Pull off the helical gear wheel (18) from the governor drive shaft (17), taking care of the parallel key (19). Check the tooth surfaces of the helical gear wheels (13 and 18) for wear (pitting, cross bearing, disintegrations).
1.9
Lift the governor drive shaft (17) out of the cylinder block and crankcase and check for wear.
1.10
Remove the serration from the governor drive shaft (17) and check the shaft (20) for wear.
22 14
17
11
23 12 23 1.11
Check the washer (21) for wear and renew it if necessary.
18 1.12
Check all oil lubricating holes for the lubrication of the governor drive shaft (17) and helical gear wheels (13 and 18) for flow through.
19 16 15
NOTE The governor drive shaft (17) is installed in the top and lower part of the cylinder frame. If required, the bushes (22 and 23) are to be driven out with a suitable mandrel from the cylinder block and crankcase and renewed.
13
Fig. 2 2.
Reassembly
2.1
The reassembly is to be carried out in reverse order.
2.2
Grease the governor drive shaft (Fig. 2/17) and slide it into the cylinder block and crankcase with washer (21) from above.
en / 31.05.2010
IB022022
2/3
Governor Drive
A5.05. 04.08.03.00
Inspection / Disassembly and reassembly M20 15000 2.3
Slide the helical gear wheel (18) with the conical spring washer (16) onto the governor drive shaft (17) and tighten and secure it with a castellated nut (15).
2.4
Put the helical gear wheel (13) in the recess of the crankshaft gear (14). Grease the threads and contact surfaces of the hexagon screws with Molykote paste “G-Rapid Plus” and tighten crosswise with a torque of M = 60 Nm.
2.5
Put the governor housing (Fig. 1/3) on the cylinder block and crankcase (taking care of the dowel pins [5]) and tighten it with fillister head screws. (4).
2.6
Put the governor (2) on the governor housing (3) and tighten it with hexagon screws (1). The serration of the governor shaft (Fig. 2/20) must slide easily into the internal toothing of the governor drive shaft (17).
2.7
Fit the cover (11) with silicon sealing compound at the cylinder block and crankcase. The position is fixed with dowel pins (12).
2.8
Mount the governor linkage at the governor (Fig. 1/2) and, if necessary, readjust the governor (2) (see also governor adjustment, Book C).
3.
Carry out lube oil flow through inspection.
en / 31.05.2010
IB022022
3/3
04
Vibration damper on camshaft
A5.05. 04.09.01.00
Repair / Disassembly and reassembly M20 15000
04
See also: Spare parts list:
B1.05.04.2.3140
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 1,00 h
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Tools: 20 - 90 Nm 1/2" torque wrench 12mm Allan key insert * not illustrated
W1 * W2 *
1.9454-020 1.9039-012
Auxiliary tools: "G-Rapid" Molykote paste ** ** or product of equal quality
NOTE The torsional vibration dampers must be replaced after 15,000 operating hours.
1
WARNING Attention, there is a risk of injury! Never open a vibration damper
5
Sequence of operations: 1.
Disassembly
6
1.1
Support the damper (1), loosen cheese head screws (5). Lift off the damper with cover disc (3) and sleeves (6).
3
2.
Assembly
2.1
Clean the contact surface of the damper (1) and the cover disc (3).
2.2
Apply "G-Rapid" Molycote paste to the thread and contact surface of the cheese head screws (5).
en / 31.05.2010
IB021594
1/2
Vibration damper on camshaft
A5.05. 04.09.01.00
Repair / Disassembly and reassembly M20 15000 2.3
Assemble the cover disc (3), the damper (1), sleeves (6) and cheese head screws (5) according to the illustration.
2.4
Tighten the cheese head screws (5) with a torque of
04
M = 60 Nm.
en / 31.05.2010
IB021594
2/2
Vibration damper on camshaft
A5.05. 04.09.01.01
Repair / Disassembly and reassembly M20 15000
04
See also:
-
Spare parts list:
B1.05.04.2.3140
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 1,00 h
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Tools: 20 - 90 Nm 1/2" torque wrench 12mm Allan key insert * not illustrated
W1 * W2 *
1.9454-020 1.9039-012
Auxiliary tools: "G-Rapid" Molykote paste ** ** or product of equal quality
NOTE The torsional vibration dampers must be replaced after 15,000 operating hours.
WARNING
1
Attention, there is a risk of injury! Never open a vibration damper
Sequence of operations: 1.
Disassembly
1.1
Loosen the cheese head screws (5), lift off damper (1), disc (3) with cover disc (2).
5
2.
Assembly
2.1
Clean the contact surfaces of the dampers (1), the disc (3) and the cover disc (2).
2.2
Apply "G-Rapid" Molycote paste to the thread and contact surface of the cheese head screws (5).
en / 31.05.2010
6
2
IB021601
3
1/2
Vibration damper on camshaft
A5.05. 04.09.01.01
Repair / Disassembly and reassembly M20 15000 2.3
Assemble the cover disc, both dampers (1) and disc (3), cheese head screws (5) and sleeves (6) according to the illustration.
2.4
Tighten the cheese head screws (5) with a torque of
04
M = 60 Nm.
en / 31.05.2010
IB021601
2/2
Vibration Damper on Camshaft
A5.05. 04.09.01.02
Repair / Disassembly and reassembly M20 15000
04
See also:
-
Spare parts list:
B1.05.04.2.3140
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 1,00 h
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Tools: Torque wrench 20 - 90 Nm 1/2" Hex cap screw drive A/F12 *no illustration
W1 * W2 *
1.9454-020 1.9039-012
Auxiliary material: Molykote paste „G-Rapid“ ** **or a product of equivalent standard
NOTE After 15.000 operating hours, the vibration dampers have to be exchanged against new ones.
7
5
8
WARNING Attention, there is a risk of injury! Never open a vibration damper
Sequence of operations: 4 1.
Disassembly
6 1.1
1.2
Support dampers (1 and 2). Loosen cylinder head screws (3).Lift off damper with washers (4 and 5).
9
Support cover disk (6). Loosen hexagon socket head cap screws (7). Remove cover disk.
3
1
en / 30.09.2010
IB021607
2
10
1/2
Vibration Damper on Camshaft
A5.05. 04.09.01.02
Repair / Disassembly and reassembly M20 15000
04
2.
Reassembly
2.1
Clean contact faces of dampers (1and 2), washers (4 and 5) and cover disk (6).
2.2
Check bores (9) of cover disk (6) and bore (8) of washer (5) for free flow and clean, if necessary.
2.3
Lubricate thread and contact face of cylinder head screws (3 and 7) with Molykote paste „G-Rapid“.
2.4
Mount cover disk (6).
2.5
Tighten cylinder head screws (7) with a torque of M = 60 Nm
2.6
Slip-on damper (1) as shown in the illustration.
2.7
Place washer (5) and align it so that the bores (8 and 9) coincide.
CAUTION The free flow of bores (8 and 9) is absolutely necessary to ensure a proper function.
2.8
Mount both dampers (2) with washer (4), cylinder head screws (3) and sleeves (10) in accordance with the illustration.
2.9
Tighten cylinder head screws (5) with a torque of M = 60 Nm
en / 30.09.2010
IB021607
2/2
Control shaft bedding
A5.05. 05.01.02.00
Maintenance / Checking M20 1500
05
See also:
-
Spare parts list:
B1.05.04.2.4110, B1.05.05.2.4210, B1.05.05.2.4521, B1.05.05.2.4523
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,20 h
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Maintenance: Oil control shaft
after
1.500 h
Auxiliary material: Multi-purpose grease or lubricating oil according to A4.05.08.nn
Sequence of operations: 1.
Remove control shaft/injection pumps and control station covers.
2.
Check control shaft and spindle to emergency-off lever and oil bearing areas slightly with lubricating oil.
CAUTION After cleaning with fat dissolving agents, all bright-metallic components are to be oiled slightly. Care has to be taken that all cleaned bearings are thoroughly greased. 3.
4.
Oil all moving bearings of the following components slightly: -
swivel head of spring link between control shaft and regulator
-
swivel arm between control shaft and injection pump
-
dual pivoting bearing of clutch between control station and control shaft
Assemble covers.
en / 10.12.2010
IB026480
1/1
Fuel Limiter
A5.05. 05.04.01.00
Inspection / Adjust M20/M282/M332C/M452/M453C/M551/M552C 3750 See also:
05.04.02.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.05.1.4337
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,50 h
05
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Inspection: of fuel limiter every
3,750 h
Note: This unit limits the fuel injection depending on the carge air pressure so as to avoid a smoky exhaust. The exhaust can become black in the event of a rapid speeding up or a brisk load increase. The fuel limiter is only installed on reversible engines and is operable from a lubricating oil pressure of 0,8 bar. If the oil is contaminated, this may disturb operation. A defective fuel limiter can be cut out, during engine operation, by turning the set screw in (item 11 on 05.04.02.nn). Remove the lead seals only if a resetting is necessary.
Sequence of operations: Position while speeding up
1.
Check all bolts and screwed connections for tightness. Repair any leaks (05.04.02.nn).
2.
Check adjusting screw (Fig. 1/1) whether it admits starting fuel so that starting is positively possible.
3.
Check the actuating speed when the engine is warm.
3.1
Set the control handle rapidly on full load at an engine speed of 0,3 to 0,5 max. speed.
en / 30.05.2000
IB021621
1/2
Fuel Limiter
A5.05. 05.04.01.00
Inspection / Adjust M20/M282/M332C/M452/M453C/M551/M552C 3750
05 3.2
Check whether the piston follows the charge air pressure change continuously and without hesitation. Overhaul the fuel limiter if piston operation is not satisfactory. Piston travel = 26 mm
3.3
If the exhaust gas becomes black turn adjusting screw (2) 1 to 1.5 turns clockwise to increase the spring load.
3.4
Speed the engine up again and check the exhaust gas.
3.5
If the regulating speed is too slow turn the adjusting screw (2) counterclockwise until the regulating speed is as desired without smoke in the exhaust.
4.
Check the maximum fuel limiting screw (3) for correct position.
5.
Lock the screws.
en / 30.05.2000
IB021621
2/2
Fuel Limiter
A5.05. 05.04.01.01
Inspection / Adjust M20 3750 See also:
05.04.02.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.05.1.4337
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,50 h
05
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Inspection: of fuel limiter
every
3,750 h
NOTE This unit limits the fuel injection depending on the carge air pressure so as to avoid a smoky exhaust. The exhaust can become black in the event of a rapid speeding up or a brisk load increase.
Sequence of operations: 1.
Check all bolts and screwed connections for tightness. Repair any leaks (05.04.02.nn).
2.
Check adjusting screw (Fig. 1/1) whether it admits starting fuel so that starting is positively possible.
3.
Check the actuating speed when the engine is warm.
3.1
Set the control handle rapidly on full load at an engine speed of 0,35 to 0,5 max. speed.
en / 31.05.2010
IB021625
1/2
Fuel Limiter
A5.05. 05.04.01.01
Inspection / Adjust M20 3750 3.2
Check whether the piston follows the charge air pressure change continuously and without hesitation. Overhaul the fuel limiter if piston operation is not satisfactory. Piston travel = 26 mm
3.3
If the exhaust gas becomes black turn adjusting screw (2) 1 to 1.5 turns clockwise to increase the spring load.
3.4
Speed the engine up again and check the exhaust gas.
3.5
If the regulating speed is too slow turn the adjusting screw (2) counterclockwise until the regulating speed is as desired without smoke in the exhaust.
4.
Lock the screws.
en / 31.05.2010
IB021625
2/2
05
Servo-Actuator
A5.05. 05.04.02.00
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20/M282/M332C/M452/M453C/M551/M552C
See also:
05.04.01.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.05.1.4337
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 2,00 h
05
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Auxiliary material: Liquid seal “Loctite 221” * * or a product of equal standard
Note: The fuel limiter must not be removed when there is pressure on the lubricating oil system. A defective fuel limiter can be cut out, during engine operation, by turning the set screw in (11).
Sequence of operations: (Fig. 1) 1.
Disconnect the lubricating oil feed and outlet and the charge air.
2.
Remove the fuel limiter from the engine.
3.
Disassemble the limiter completely and clean the parts.
4.
Inspect all parts.
5.
Renew all gaskets and seals (1 to 10).
6.
Coat the thread of the parts (12, 13, 14) with liquid sealing compound (e.g. Loctite 221).
7.
Assemble the limiter, fit it on the engine and set it (05.04.01.nn).
en / 26.03.1999
IB000170
1/1
Servo-Actuator
A5.05. 05.04.02.01
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20
See also:
05.04.01.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.05.1.4337
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 2,00 h
05
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Auxiliary material: Liquid seal “Loctite 221” * * or a product of equal standard
CAUTION The fuel limiter must not be removed when there is pressure on the lubricating oil system.
Sequence of operations: 1.
Disconnect the lubricating oil feed and outlet and the charge air.
2.
Remove the fuel limiter from the engine.
3.
Disassemble the limiter completely and clean the parts.
4.
Inspect all parts.
5.
Renew all gaskets and seals (1 to 10).
6.
Coat the thread of the parts (12, 13, 14) with liquid sealing compound (e.g. Loctite 221).
7.
Assemble the limiter, fit it on the engine and set it (05.04.01.nn).
en / 31.05.2010
IB020391
1/1
Starting Fuel Limiter
A5.05. 05.05.01.00
Inspection / Disassembly and reassembly M20-M601C 3750
05
See also: Spare parts list:
B1.05.05.1.4337
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 1,00 h
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Tools: Torque wrench 20 - 90 Nm
W1 *
1.9454-020
* not available as figure
~
Safety note: Vent the air system before doing any work.
Note: All pneumatic elements are lubricated with a special grease (see operating media, section A4), and it is not necessary to renew this for several years. Only this grease must be used for repairs. Proper operation of all parts will no longer be ensured when other lubricants are used.
~
Safety note: The piston is spring-loaded.
Sequence of operations: 1.
Functional check
1.1
Check the air connection for leaks.
1.2
Check whether the piston moves easily under air pressure. If the movement is jerky, vent the oil part (para 2).
1.3
Check the setting.
1.3.1
If maximum fuel limitation has been provided, check the setting (see the Acceptance Test Records).
1.3.2
Check whether 40 % fuel is admitted when the piston is in the outer dead centre. Adjust by set screw (Fig. 1/11).
en / 30.05.2000
IB021410
1/3
Starting Fuel Limiter
A5.05. 05.05.01.00
Inspection / Disassembly and reassembly M20-M601C 3750
05 1.4
Check whether full fuel is admitted within 15 seconds after starting the engine. Adjust by throttle screw (Fig. 1/10).
2.
Venting
2.1
Slip a transparent hose over vent screw (12) and put the other end into a an oil reservoir arranged at a lower level. Turn the vent screw entirely in and then screw one turn back.
2.2
Remove plug (13), spring (14) and piston (15).
2.3
Fill oil in as far as 7 mm below the housing top edge (SAE 20).
2.4
Insert the piston. Drive the air out by screwing the plug in.
2.5
Proceed according to 2.3 and 2.4 until no air escapes any more. Unscrew the plug. Insert the spring. Screw the plug in until it is flush with the housing top edge and secure it with locking spring (16).
2.6
If the cylinder is of the older type, the air must be removed by the throttle screw.
3.
Disassembly
3.1
Close the main air valve. Remove the air connection.
3.2
Remove the unit from the engine.
3.3
Measure and note down the position of throttle screw (10) and thrust screw (11).
3.4
Disassemble the unit entirely and clean it in spirit.
3.5
Inspect all parts.
en / 30.05.2000
IB021410
2/3
Starting Fuel Limiter
A5.05. 05.05.01.00
Inspection / Disassembly and reassembly M20-M601C 3750
05
4.
Reassembly
4.1
Renew all gaskets and seals (Fig. 2/1 - 9).
4.2
Assemble the unit observing the following:
4.2.1
Tighten the socket head cap screws (17) with a torque M = 20 Nm.
4.2.2
Before fitting vent screw (12), plug (13), spring (14), piston (15) and throttle screw (10), apply a pressure of approximately 0,7 bar to connection (A).
4.2.3
Fill oil (SAE 20) in as far as 7 mm below the housing top edge at connection (B).
4.2.4
Tighten the throttle screw (10) and socket head cap screw (18) with a torque M = 20 Nm.
4.2.5
Vent the unit according para 2.
4.2.6
Adjust the unit and fit it on the engine.
4.2.7
Mount air connection.
4.2.8
Open main air shut-off valve
4.2.9
Check the operation according to para. 1.
Attention: Do not shut off the air tank when the engine is in operation!
en / 30.05.2000
IB021410
3/3
Control Valves
A5.05. 05.09.05.00
Inspection / Checking M20 30000
05
See also: Spare parts list:
B1.05.10.2.8614
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 2,00 h
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Inspection: After four years carry out a random test of the low pressure valves. In case of deficiencies recondition all control valves. Special grease for all control units see MaK Lubricant Recommendations in A4.05.08.nn The use of other lubricants may have a detrimental effect on the functioning of the fittings. General maintenance instructions see “Description to Functional Diagram” in book C. This will result in a certain cycle for control or inspection depending on the type and function of the individual control units. Regulating elements (pressure reducers) must be checked in their circuit after maintenance work for their setting values and must be reset if required. Ensure that no air is available at the components to be disassembled or that no air can be admitted to these. Prior to disassembly operations and where necessary, measure and mark the position of valves, lever lengths and lever travels of e.g. actuators, limitations by set screws, and so on. Do not disassemble control fittings at random since the built-in springs are somtimes prestressed. Where a screw or nut is used for the adjustment of the prestressing, first loosen these completely. Clean the individual components thoroughly and exchange worn down wear parts. During assembly slightly grease rubber rings and their sliding surfaces with the prescribed grease.
en / 30.09.2010
IB022045
1/1
Compressed-Air Filter
A5.05. 05.09.06.00
Maintenance / Cleaning M20/M25/M32/M43/M453C/M552C/M601C 24, 150, 7500
05
See also: Spare parts list:
B1.05.05.1.4900
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,20 h
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Maintenance/cleaning: Drain compressed-air filter:
every
24 h
Disassemble and clean compressed-air filter:
initially
150 h
Disassemble and clean compressed-air filter:
every
7,500 h
Auxiliary material: Nitro-Solvents * * or a product of equal standard
CAUTION Close feed air lines and depressurize air system before every disassembly!
NOTE It is to be checked to what extent following units/systems (emergency stop) in the circuit are affected in their functioning by the execution of the disassembly and cleaning measures!
en / 25.11.2010
IB021438
1/2
Compressed-Air Filter
A5.05. 05.09.06.00
Maintenance / Cleaning M20/M25/M32/M43/M453C/M552C/M601C 24, 150, 7500
05
Sequence of operations: 1.
Drain compressed-air filte 1
1.1
Loosen drain plug (7) and empty filter completely.
1.2
Close drain plug.
2.
Disassemble compressed-air filter and clean
2
2.1
Loosen drain plug (7) and drain filter completely.
3
2.2
4
Close compressed-air feed line and secure.
5
2.3
Relieve compressed-air filter via drain plug.
2.4
Loosen housing cap (5) and remove, check O-ring (1) and replace if necessary.
2.5
Loosen Phillips screw (4), remove with guide (3) and filter element (2).
2.6
Remove locking ring (8), unscrew drain plug and check O-ring (6), replace if necessary.
2.7
Clean all disassembled parts and check for reuse.
2.8
Assemble compressed-air filter in reverse sequence. Open shut-off valve in the compressed-air supply line.
2.9
Close drain plug after a short while.
6 8
en / 25.11.2010
IB021438
7
2/2
Compressed-Air Filter
A5.05. 05.09.06.01
Maintenance / Cleaning M20/M25/M32/M43 24, 7500 See also:
C5.05.05.45.23.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.05.9.4523
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,20 h
05
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Maintenance/cleaning: Drain compressed-air filter:
every
24 h
Disassemble and clean compressed-air filter:
initially
150 h
Disassemble and clean compressed-air filter:
every
7,500 h
NOTE Maintenance and trouble shooting see "engine documentation, chapter "Control/ Regulation" C5.05.05.45.23.nn
en / 25.11.2010
IB024847
1/1
Regleröl
A5.05. 05.25.00.01
Inspection / Oil change M20/M25/M32/M43 24 See also:
05
C5.05.04.20.27.nn
Spare parts list: Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,05 h
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Every fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Check: Visual check of the governor oil
every
24 h
Attention: A visual check of the governor oil must be carried out every 24 hours on the oil level sight glass of the governor. If the governor oil should show obvious contamination, it must be changed forthwith.
Note: For further information and evaluation criteria please refer to the oil specification in Book C (C5.05.04.20.27.nn).
en / 25.08.2006
IB025366
1/1
Exhaust Manifold
A5.05. 06.01.01.00
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20 30000, 7500
06
See also: Spare parts list:
B1.05.06.2.72n0
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 3,00 h
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Inspection: Exhaust manifolds must be examined for leakages after
7,500 h
Maintenance: Remove and clean exhaust manifold after
30,000 h
Auxiliary material: High temperature-thread paste “Dag S-5080” * * or a product of equal standard
NOTE Check also the exhaust piping after the turbocharger when doing the work on the exhaust manifold. If excessive vibrations and noises occur in the exhaust-gas turbine, the flanged connection on the exhaust pipe behind the turbine must be unscrewed and examined for pipe tension. To safeguard the expansion joints these must not be subjected to bending or radial forces on removal and fitting. A small preload (expansion), however, is necessary in axial direction when installing (about 3mm). Fit all screws with high temperature-thread paste “Dag S-5080” to avoid sticking due to heat.
Sequence of operations: 1.
Inspection
1.1
Remove the covering from the exhaust manifold.
1.2
Check all bolts for tightness.
1.3
Carry out a visual inspection at the flanged connections and expansion joints (inspection must be carried out with the engine running).
en / 31.05.2010
IB022083
1/2
Exhaust Manifold
A5.05. 06.01.01.00
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20 30000, 7500
06
NOTE Soot and soot deposits indicate a leak of the system. Renew the gaskets if no cracks in the pipes or slack bolts are the cause of the leak. Replace expansion joints that have cracks in the bellows. On assembly pay attention to the direction of flow (arrow on the flange). 1.4
Fit the covering.
2.
Maintenance
2.1
Remove covering and carry out inspections according to 1.3. Mark the mounting position of the expansion joints and pipes.
2.2
Remove the exhaust manifold.
2.2.1
Loosen the flanged connections first at the expansion joint (Fig. 1/1), then at the cylinder head (2) and remove the pipe.
2
1 Fig. 1
2.3
Clean the inside of the exhaust manifolds and check for cracks.
2.4
Check the expansion joints and replace them if necessary.
2.5
Fit the exhaust manifolds with new gaskets in reverse order and observe the markings.
2.6
Coat the thread and screw contact surface of the screws with “Dag S-5080”. Screw in the screws with resilient sleeves and tighten on alternate sides in two stages with a torque of 60 Nm and 110 Nm.
2.7
Fit the expansion joints after precise adjustment of the pipes (direction of flow marked with arrow).
2.8
Fit the covering.
en / 31.05.2010
IB022083
2/2
Exhaust Manifold
A5.05. 06.01.01.01
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20 7500
06
See also: Spare parts list:
B1.05.06.2.72n0
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 3,00 h
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Checks: Check exhaust pipe for leaks after
7,500 hrs
Auxiliary material: High temperature bolt lubricant "Rivolta G.W.F“ * * or comparable product
NOTE In order to prevent longitudinal strain of the expansion joints, they should not be subjected to bending and/or radial forces during disassembly and assembly. However, for the expansion joint ahead of the turbine, a slight preload in axial direction (strain) is required during installation. Coat all bolts with high temperature bolt lubricant "Rivolta G.W.F." before installation in order to protect them from seizure.
Procedure: 1.
Remove exhaust pipe sheathing.
DANGER Caution, hot engine components can cause burns! Always check temperatures before beginning work on exhaust pipes! Let exhaust piping cool sufficiently! 2.
Check tightness of all bolt connections.
en / 30.09.2010
IB025358
1/3
Exhaust Manifold
A5.05. 06.01.01.01
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20 7500 3.
06
Carry out visual inspections on flanges and expansion joints.
NOTE Soot buildup and/or bubbles can be a sign of leaks. Replace any expansion joints that show cracks in the bellows. Observe indicated direction of flow when installing expansion joints before the turbine. 4.
Replace defective exhaust pipe.
4.1
Loosen the expansion joint clamps (1) and cautiously pull over the flange
4.2
Loosen bolts (2) at the cylinder head; remove exhaust pipe (3) and expansion joint (4).
4.3
Clean inside of exhaust pipe, check for cracks.
4.4
Check expansion joint for cracks and replace, if required.
NOTE Prior to reassembly, thoroughly clean flange faces and mounting surfaces of clamps. Coat mounting surfaces of clamps thoroughly with "Rivolta G.W.F". Coat all bolts with high temperature bolt lubricant "Rivolta G.W.F." before installation, in order to protect them from seizure.
en / 30.09.2010
IB025358
2/3
Exhaust Manifold
A5.05. 06.01.01.01
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20 7500
06
4.5
Install exhaust pipe (3) with expansion joint (4) and new seal (5).
4.6
Coat threads and washer face of bolts (2) with "Rivolta G.W.F". Insert bolts with extension sleeves in cylinder head and tighten alternately in 2 steps with a tightening torque of
M = 60 and 110 Nm . 4.7
Coat mounting surfaces of clamps with "Rivolta G.W.F".
4.8
Cautiously pull clamps over the flanges
4.9
Tighten clamps with a tightening torque of
M = 25 Nm . 4.10
When mounting the expansion joint (8) ahead of the turbine, fabricate a dummy. Length of dummy
x = 180 mm
4.11
Mount exhaust pipe with new seal and dummy.
4.12
Coat threads and washer face of bolts with "Rivolta G.W.F". Insert bolts with extension sleeves in cylinder head and tighten alternately in 2 steps with a tightening torque of M = 60 and 110 Nm .
4.13
Remove dummy
4.14
Mount expansion tube; note the direction of flow as identified by the arrow on the flange.
CAUTION The arrow on the expansion joint flange must point in the direction of flow
4.15
Coat threads and washer face of bolts (6) with "Rivolta G.W.F".
4.16
Fit bolts (6) from the expansion joint side.
4.17
Mount extension sleeves with hexagonal nuts (7) from the exhaust pipe side.
4.18
Tighten bolts with a tightening torque of M = 90 Nm
4.19
Install exhaust pipe sheathing.
en / 30.09.2010
IB025358
3/3
Charge Air Cooler
A5.05. 06.04.02.00
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20
06
See also: Spare parts list:
B1.05.06.2.7280
Time requirement:
2 Pers./ 1,00 h
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Maintenance: The charge air cooler is to be disassembled and cleaned at the air side if the differential pressure before/after radiator reaches more than 1.5 times test bed value (see acceptance brake certificate A1.10).
Tools: Torque wrench 40 - 180 Nm 1/2"
W1 *
1.9454-40
* not available as figure
Auxiliary material: Cleansing agent according to recommendations of the manufacturer, e.g. of: Vecom GmbH, Hamburg * Drew Ameroid GmbH, Hamburg * UNITOR chemicals * Molykote paste “G-Rapid Plus” *
• • •
* or a product of equal standard
Sequence of operations: 1.
Disassembly
1.1
Disconnect cooling water lines inlet and outlet at the charge air cooler.
1.2
Loosen hexagon screws (Fig. 1/1 and 2).
1.3
Withdraw charge air cooler from housing (3). Support with lifting gear and put it down in a suitable container for the cleaning.
1.4
Clean charge air cooler according to manufacturer's regulation (refer to Book C).
en / 31.05.2010
3
2
1
Fig. 1
IB001408
1/2
Charge Air Cooler
A5.05. 06.04.02.00
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20
06
WARNING Observe regulations of the manufacturer for cleansing agent to be used, protect skin against contact with cleansing agent, wear safety glasses. Ensure good ventilation. 2.
Reassembly
2.1
Carry out reassembly in reverse order to disassembly.
NOTE Ensure proper fit of the sealing plates in the housing.
2.2
Renew all seals.
2.3
Lubricate hexagon screws (Fig. 1/2) with Molykote paste “G-Rapid Plus” and tighten with a torque of M = 60 Nm.
en / 31.05.2010
IB001408
2/2
Charge Air Cooler
A5.05. 06.04.02.01
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20
06
See also: Spare parts list:
B1.05.06.2.7240
Time requirement:
2 Pers./ 1,00 h
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Maintenance: The charge air cooler is to be disassembled and cleaned at the air side if the differential pressure before/after radiator reaches more than 1.5 times test bed value (see acceptance brake certificate A1.10).
Tools: Torque wrench 40 - 180 Nm 1/2"
W1 *
1.9454-40
* not available as figure
Auxiliary material: Cleansing agent according to recommendations of the manufacturer, e.g. of: Vecom GmbH, Hamburg * Drew Ameroid GmbH, Hamburg * UNITOR chemicals * Molykote paste “G-Rapid Plus” *
• • •
* or a product of equal standard
Sequence of operations: 1.
Disassembly
1.1
Disconnect cooling water lines inlet and outlet at the charge air cooler.
1.2
Loosen hexagon screws (Fig. 1/1 and 2).
1.3
Withdraw charge air cooler from housing (3). Support with lifting gear and put it down in a suitable container for the cleaning.
1.4
Clean charge air cooler according to manufacturer's regulation (refer to Book C).
en / 31.05.2010
3
2
1
Fig. 1
IB002304
1/2
Charge Air Cooler
A5.05. 06.04.02.01
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20
06
WARNING Observe regulations of the manufacturer for cleansing agent to be used, protect skin against contact with cleansing agent, wear safety glasses. Ensure good ventilation. 2.
Reassembly
2.1
Carry out reassembly in reverse order to disassembly.
NOTE Ensure proper fit of the sealing plates in the housing.
2.2
Renew all seals.
2.3
Lubricate hexagon screws (Fig. 1/2) with Molykote paste “G-Rapid Plus” and tighten with a torque of M = 60 Nm.
en / 31.05.2010
IB002304
2/2
Charge Air Cooler
A5.05. 06.04.02.02
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20
06
See also: Spare parts list:
B1.05.06.2.7240
Time requirement:
2 Pers./ 1,00 h
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Maintenance: The charge air cooler is to be disassembled and cleaned on the air side, if the differential pressure upstream/downstream cooler exceeds 1.5 times the test bed value (see acceptance test record A1.10).
Tools: Torque wrench 40 - 180 Nm 1/2"
W1 *
1.9454-40
* no illustration
Auxiliary material: Cleaning agent acc. to recommendation of manufacturer, e.g.: Fa. Vecom GmbH, Hamburg * Fa. Drew Ameroid GmbH, Hamburg * Fa. UNITOR chemicals * Molykote-paste „G-Rapid Plus“ *
• • •
* or a product of equal standard
Sequence of operations: 1.
Disassembly
3 1.1
Disconnect cooling water supply and discharge lines (5) on the charge air cooler
4 5
1.2
Loosen hexagon screws (1,2 and 3).
1.3
Pull charge air cooler forward out of the casing (4), support it with hoist and place it in adequate container for cleaning.
2 1
1.4
Clean charge air cooler acc. to the manufacturer’s instructions (see book 10).
3
WARNING Strictly observe the supplier’s handling instructions for the used cleaning agent! Protect your skin against contact with the cleaning agent, wear rubber gloves, safety glasses and evtl. respiratory mask! Ensure good ventilation! en / 31.05.2010
IB004328
1/2
Charge Air Cooler
A5.05. 06.04.02.02
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20
06
2.
Reassembly
2.1
Renew all gaskets
2.2
Grease hexagon screws (1,2 and 3) with Molykote paste „G-Rapid Plus“.
2.3
Secure charge air cooler on hoist and push cooler into casing
Strictly observe the tightening instructions for hexagon screws (1, 2 and 3).
2.4
Mount hexagon screws (1 and 3) and slightly tighten them crosswise to provide for uniform contact of the charge air cooler on front and sides.
2.5
Tighten hexagon screws (1) crosswise in small steps up to a torque of M = 60 Nm.
2.6
Tighten hexagon screws (3) crosswise in small steps up to a torque of M = 60 Nm.
2.7
Mount hexagon screws (2) and tightem them crosswise in small steps up to a torque of M = 60 Nm.
en / 31.05.2010
IB004328
2/2
Charge Air Cooler
A5.05. 06.04.02.03
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20
06
See also: Spare parts list:
B1.05.06.2.7240
Time requirement:
2 Pers./ 1,00 h
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Maintenance: The charge air cooler is to be disassembled and cleaned on the air side, if the differential pressure upstream/downstream cooler exceeds 1.5 times the test bed value (see acceptance test record A1.10).
Tools: Torque wrench 40 - 180 Nm 1/2"
W1 *
1.9454-40
* no illustration
Auxiliary material: Cleaning agent acc. to recommendation of manufacturer, e.g.: Fa. Vecom GmbH, Hamburg * Fa. Drew Ameroid GmbH, Hamburg * Fa. UNITOR chemicals * Molykote-paste „G-Rapid Plus“ *
• • •
* or a product of equal standard
Sequence of operations: 1.
Disassembly
1.1
Disconnect cooling water supply and discharge lines (5) on the charge air cooler
3
1.2
Loosen hexagon screws (1,2 and 3).
1.3
Pull charge air cooler forward out of the casing (4), support it with hoist and place it in adequate container for cleaning.
1.4
5
4
2
Clean charge air cooler acc. to the manufacturer’s instructions (see book 10).
1 3
WARNING Strictly observe the supplier’s handling instructions for the used cleaning agent! Protect your skin against contact with the cleaning agent, wear rubber gloves, safety glasses and evtl. respiratory mask! Ensure good ventilation! en / 31.05.2010
IB004322
1/2
Charge Air Cooler
A5.05. 06.04.02.03
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20
06
2.
Reassembly
2.1
Renew all gaskets
2.2
Grease hexagon screws (1,2 and 3) with Molykote paste „G-Rapid Plus“.
2.3
Secure charge air cooler on hoist and push cooler into casing
Strictly observe the tightening instructions for hexagon screws (1, 2 and 3).
2.4
Mount hexagon screws (1 and 3) and slightly tighten them crosswise to provide for uniform contact of the charge air cooler on front and sides.
2.5
Tighten hexagon screws (1) crosswise in small steps up to a torque of M = 60 Nm.
2.6
Tighten hexagon screws (3) crosswise in small steps up to a torque of M = 60 Nm.
2.7
Mount hexagon screws (2) and tightem them crosswise in small steps up to a torque of M = 60 Nm.
en / 31.05.2010
IB004322
2/2
Charge Air Cooler
A5.05. 06.04.02.04
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20
06
See also: Spare parts list:
B1.05.06.2.7250
Time requirement:
2 Pers./ 1,00 h
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Maintenance: The charge air cooler must be removed and cleaned on the air side when the differential pressure before/after the cooler exceeds 1.5 times the test bench value (see acceptance brake certificate A1.10).
Auxiliary materials: Cleaning agent as recommended by the manufacturer, such as:
• Vecom GmbH, Hamburg * • Drew Ameroid GmbH, Hamburg * • UNITOR chemicals * Molykote Paste "G-Rapid Plus“ * * or equivalent product
Procedure: 1.
Disassembly
1.1
Loosen the bleeder bolts, or for engines with continual bleeding, ensure that the corresponding cock valves are open, remove the drain bolts (Fig. 1/5) and drain water from charge air cooler.
1.2
Remove the coolant feed and return lines(4) from the charge air cooler.
en / 30.09.2010
IB025507
1/3
Charge Air Cooler
A5.05. 06.04.02.04
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20
1.3
Remove hexagon screws (Fig. 2/28) with washers (37).
1.4
Pull the charge air cooler (9) out of the housing (3), suspend with hoist and lower into suitable container for cleaning.
1.5
Clean the charge air cooler in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions (see Book C).
1.6
Inspect the housing, drain all condensation by opening the drain line.
06
WARNING Follow the instructions contained in the handbook for the cleaning agent used, protect skin from contact with cleaning agents, wear rubber gloves, safety goggles and respiratory protection if necessary! Ensure adequate ventilation!
en / 30.09.2010
IB025507
2/3
Charge Air Cooler
A5.05. 06.04.02.04
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20
06
2.
Assembly
2.1
Install charge air cooler in the reverse order as disassembly.
2.2
Insert new O-ring (8) into O-ring sheet (9).
2.3
Slide charge air cooler (2) into the housing (3) carefully.
NOTE Apply a light coat of Molykote paste “G-Rapid Plus” to the contact surfaces and threads of all bolts. 2.4
Insert hexagon screws (28) with washers (37).
2.5
Tighten hexagon screws (28) one after the other to a torque of M = 52 Nm.
2.6
Attach coolant supply and return lines (4) to the charge air cooler.
2.7
Tighten drain bolts (5) and fill engine completely with coolant.
2.8
Tighten bleeder bolts or the corresponding cock valves tightly.
en / 30.09.2010
IB025507
3/3
Exhaust gas turbocharger
A5.05. 06.05.00.01
Maintenance / Cleaning M20 24, 300
06
See also: Spare parts list:
B1.05.06.25725n
Time requirement:
0 Pers./ 0,00 h
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Maintenance: a) Wash the compressor b) Wash the turbine
every every
24 h 300 h
Maintenance of the exhaust gas turbocharger should be carried out according to the ”Operating and Mounting Instructions” included in book C. Refer to operating instructions A3.12.01.nn for information concerning the emergency operation of an engine with a damaged turbocharger. The following list indicates the maintenance work which has to be carried out after the specified operating hours within the scope of the maintenance schedule according to the “Operating and Mounting Instructions“ in book C.
Activity
Operating hours (h)
Check for abnormal noises.
every 24
Compressor washing during operation: Actuate compressor washing system Turbine washing ( exhaust side ) during operation: Actuate turbine washing system (for heavy fuel oil operation only). Cleaning with water
every 24 - 50 or on demand
see 06.13.01.nn approx. every 300-500
Clean air filter at silencer
approx. every 250 or on demand
Check fastening bolts at feet, tighten all housing bolts and piping joints Cleaning:
after first starting up than every 1 000
Internal compressor parts, compressor impeller and diffuser.
every 10 000
Cleaning: Silencer and felt coat.
every 10 000
Inspection: Disassemble, clean, replace bearing, check all parts.
every 20 000
en / 31.05.2010
IB024928
1/1
Exhaust gas turbocharger
A5.05. 06.05.01.01
Maintenance / Cleaning M20 24 See also:
A5.05.06.13.01.nn, A3.06.06.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.06.nn7259 nn
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,40 h
06
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Maintenance: Compressor cleaning
M 20
every
24 h
Prerequisites: -The compressor stage must be cleaned with the engine at operating temperature and under full load (> 85% load ), if possible; i.e., at high turbocharger rpm. - Clean pipes from the charge air system and after each turbocharger.
NOTE Deposits or dirt praticles inside the washing system can plug the nozzles and negatively impact cleaning success.
Air side washing device operating instructions: Basic position: - Washing water container (3) :
empty
- Cap (2) :
closed
Washing procedure: 1.
Remove thumb nut (1) with cap (2).
1.1
Fill washing water container (3) with clean water.
1.2
Install cap (2) with thumb nut (1).
CAUTION A washing water container that has been locked insufficiently or not at all may cause injury or death of the operator.
en / 30.09.2010
IB025455
1/3
Exhaust gas turbocharger
A5.05. 06.05.01.01
Maintenance / Cleaning M20 24
06
4 1 2 3
2.
Open ballcock (4) for about 20 seconds until the entire water volume has been injected.
NOTE After the air-side has been cleaned, the engine must be operated at least another 5 minutes under load. When the compressor impeller was contaminated, the success of a cleaning can be told by the charge air pressure after the turbocharger. The cleaning parameters for turbocharger model KBB-HPR 5000 are as follows: turbocharger rpm:
full load – rpm ( >85% )
water excess pressure:
none
water injection time:
20 seconds
water volume :
0.5 liter
en / 30.09.2010
IB025455
2/3
Exhaust gas turbocharger
A5.05. 06.05.01.01
Maintenance / Cleaning M20 24
06
CAUTION Because of the increased risk of corrosion, only clear water (drinking water) never salt water - must be used for cleaning. This water should not contain any coolant treatments or other chemicals that may form deposits in the air ducts.
CAUTION The injection tube must never be connected directly to a water line, a different or larger metering container or to a larger washing water containerother than the one provided by Caterpillar Motoren.
CAUTION Avoid getting uncontrolled amounts of water into the turbocharger or the engine. This can cause personal injury and major damage. Additional details on the exhaust turbocharger may be found in the maintenance instructions in book C or in the operator’s manual of the turbocharger manufacturer.
en / 30.09.2010
IB025455
3/3
Exhaust gas turbocharger
A5.05. 06.05.01.02
Maintenance / Cleaning M20 24 See also:
A5.05.06.13.01.nn, A3.06.06.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.06.nn7259 nn
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,40 h
06
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Maintenance: Compressor cleaning
M 20
every
24 h
Prerequisites: -The compressor stage must be cleaned with the engine at operating temperature and under full load (> 85% load ), if possible; i.e., at high turbocharger rpm. - Clean pipes from the charge air system and after each turbocharger.
NOTE Deposits or dirt praticles inside the washing system can plug the nozzles and negatively impact cleaning success.
Air side washing device operating instructions: Basic position: - Washing water container (3) :
empty
- Cap (2) :
closed
Washing procedure: 1.
Remove thumb nut (1) with cap (2).
1.1
Fill washing water container (3) with clean water.
1.2
Install cap (2) with thumb nut (1).
CAUTION A washing water container that has been locked insufficiently or not at all may cause injury or death of the operator.
en / 31.05.2010
IB025546
1/3
Exhaust gas turbocharger
A5.05. 06.05.01.02
Maintenance / Cleaning M20 24
06
4 1 2 3
2.
Open ballcock (4) for about 20 seconds until the entire water volume has been injected.
NOTE After the air-side has been cleaned, the engine must be operated at least another 5 minutes under load. When the compressor impeller was contaminated, the success of a cleaning can be told by the charge air pressure after the turbocharger. The cleaning parameters for turbocharger model KBB-HPR 4000 are as follows: turbocharger rpm:
full load – rpm ( >85% )
water excess pressure:
none
water injection time:
20 seconds
water volume :
0.5 liter
en / 31.05.2010
IB025546
2/3
Exhaust gas turbocharger
A5.05. 06.05.01.02
Maintenance / Cleaning M20 24
06
CAUTION Because of the increased risk of corrosion, only clear water (drinking water) never salt water - must be used for cleaning. This water should not contain any coolant treatments or other chemicals that may form deposits in the air ducts.
CAUTION The injection tube must never be connected directly to a water line, a different or larger metering container or to a larger washing water containerother than the one provided by Caterpillar Motoren.
CAUTION Avoid getting uncontrolled amounts of water into the turbocharger or the engine. This can cause personal injury and major damage.
Additional details on the exhaust turbocharger may be found in the maintenance instructions in book C or in the operator’s manual of the turbocharger manufacturer.
en / 31.05.2010
IB025546
3/3
Exhaust gas turbocharger
A5.05. 06.05.02.03
Maintenance / Cleaning M20 150 See also:
A5.05.06.05.00.nn, A3.06.06.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.06.nn7259 nn
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,40 h
06
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Maintenance: Turbine cleaning
M 20
every
150 h
Prerequisite: - Wet cleaning wet cleaning of turbine and nozzle ring require lower exhaust gas temperatures or lower engine load*.
NOTE The cleaning effect during turbine washing is caused by the mechanical impact of the water droplets as well as by the water solubility of the deposits.
CAUTION Please note that these cleaning instructions apply only to the engines listed on cover A0 and thus, only the "low load washing" cleaning type:
"WASHING OF TURBINE AND NOZZLE RING AT LOW EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE OR AT LOW ENGINE LOAD *" may be used. * Definition of low engine load:
Low engine load means that the engine either - runs at zero pitch and rated rpm - runs on the grid at rated rpm and max. 10 % load - runs disengaged at rated rpm - for fixed impellers at max. 15% load.
en / 10.08.2010
IB026792
1/4
Exhaust gas turbocharger
A5.05. 06.05.02.03
Maintenance / Cleaning M20 150
06
Quality requirements for water for washing turbine and nozzle ring:
NOTE Water flow is controlled by a diaphragm located in the needle valve (Fig.2/1).
The cleaning parameters for the turbocharger models KBB - HPR 5000 are as follows: exhaust gas temperature before turbine intake:
< 420 ° C
injection time:
3 -4 times for 30 sec.
water pressure before diaphragm:
approx. 2 bar (on-board supply)
Quality requirements for water for washing turbine and nozzle ring: Clear freshwater (drinking water) without cleaners or solvents must be used. The wash water used should have minimal mineral and salt content.
Notes on the cleaning procedure:
The exhaust gas temperature after the turbocharger will decrease considerably during cleaning (down to between 50° and 100°C).
en / 10.08.2010
IB026792
2/4
Exhaust gas turbocharger
A5.05. 06.05.02.03
Maintenance / Cleaning M20 150
06
Cleaning procedure:
For standard operation: - Needle valve (Fig.2/1) is closed. - Hose (3) has been disconnected and removed from the water supply.
For washing operation: - Needle valve (Fig.2/1) is closed. - Shut-off valve (4) is closed. - Hose (3) has been installed and is connected to the water supply. - Hose (3) is pressurized.
NOTE After the engine has been started or the engine load has been reduced, the turbine exhaust gas temperature must not exceed 400-420 °C. Lower values will increase the success of washing.
Sequence: 1.
Wait for 10 to 15 minutes until after the exhaust gas temperature has stabilized and is below 420 °C.
2.
Shut-off valve (4) is closed.
3.
Connecting hose (3) from the vessel’s internal water supply to the connecting branch (5) of the turbocharger washing device. Check whether the water supply is working.
. en / 10.08.2010
IB026792
3/4
Exhaust gas turbocharger
A5.05. 06.05.02.03
Maintenance / Cleaning M20 150 4.
06
Open drain valve (Fig.2/4); pressure gauge (8) must indicate a pressure of: p ~ 2 bar (on-board supply) .
5.
Close shut-off valve (4).
6.
Open needle valve (1).
7.
Open shut-off valve (4) for 30 secs.
8.
Check if exhaust gas temperature after turbocharger decreases.
9.
The cleaning procedure is complete.
10.
Repeat the cleaning procedure 3-4 times.
1
CAUTION After washing, the water supply must be disconnected completely; i.e., incl. hose (3) from the connecting branch (5) to the turbocharger washing device. 11.
5
Disconnect the water supply completely, incl. hose (3) from the connecting branch of the (5) turbocharger washing device.
3 8 4 2
CAUTION Avoid getting uncontrolled amounts of water into the turbocharger or the engine. This can cause personal injury and major damage. In order to prevent corrosion on the inside surfaces of the housing, the engine must be run for 30 more minutes at the same load level. Due to increased corrosion risk from wash water residue in the exhaust system, we recommend not performing the washing procedure before longer engine standstill periods. For additional instructions, see User Manual A3.06.06.nn. en / 10.08.2010
IB026792
4/4
Exhaust gas turbocharger
A5.05. 06.05.02.04
Maintenance / Cleaning M20 150 See also:
A5.05.06.05.00.nn, A3.06.06.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.06.nn7259 nn
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,40 h
06
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Maintenance: Turbine cleaning
M 20
every
150 h
Prerequisite: - Wet cleaning wet cleaning of turbine and nozzle ring require lower exhaust gas temperatures or lower engine load*.
NOTE The cleaning effect during turbine washing is caused by the mechanical impact of the water droplets as well as by the water solubility of the deposits.
CAUTION Please note that these cleaning instructions apply only to the engines listed on cover A0 and thus, only the "low load washing" cleaning type:
"WASHING OF TURBINE AND NOZZLE RING AT LOW EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE OR AT LOW ENGINE LOAD *" may be used. * Definition of low engine load:
Low engine load means that the engine either - runs at zero pitch and rated rpm - runs on the grid at rated rpm and max. 10 % load - runs disengaged at rated rpm - for fixed impellers at max. 15% load.
en / 10.08.2010
IB026801
1/4
Exhaust gas turbocharger
A5.05. 06.05.02.04
Maintenance / Cleaning M20 150
06
Quality requirements for water for washing turbine and nozzle ring:
NOTE Water flow is controlled by a diaphragm located in the needle valve (Fig.2/1).
The cleaning parameters for the turbocharger models KBB - HPR 4000 are as follows: exhaust gas temperature before turbine intake:
< 420 ° C
injection time:
3 -4 times for 30 sec.
water pressure before diaphragm:
approx. 2 bar (on-board supply)
Quality requirements for water for washing turbine and nozzle ring: Clear freshwater (drinking water) without cleaners or solvents must be used. The wash water used should have minimal mineral and salt content.
Notes on the cleaning procedure: The exhaust gas temperature after the turbocharger will decrease considerably during cleaning (down to between 50° and 100°C).
en / 10.08.2010
IB026801
2/4
Exhaust gas turbocharger
A5.05. 06.05.02.04
Maintenance / Cleaning M20 150
06
Cleaning procedure:
For standard operation: - Needle valve (Fig.2/1) is closed. - Hose (3) has been disconnected and removed from the water supply.
For washing operation: - Needle valve (Fig.2/1) is closed. - Shut-off valve (4) is closed. - Hose (3) has been installed and is connected to the water supply. - Hose (3) is pressurized.
NOTE After the engine has been started or the engine load has been reduced, the turbine exhaust gas temperature must not exceed 400-420 °C. Lower values will increase the success of washing.
Sequence: 1.
Wait for 10 to 15 minutes until after the exhaust gas temperature has stabilized and is below 420 °C.
2.
Shut-off valve (4) is closed.
3.
Connecting hose (3) from the vessel’s internal water supply to the connecting branch (5) of the turbocharger washing device. Check whether the water supply is working.
en / 10.08.2010
IB026801
3/4
Exhaust gas turbocharger
A5.05. 06.05.02.04
Maintenance / Cleaning M20 150
06 4.
Open drain valve (Fig.2/4); pressure gauge (8) must indicate a pressure of: p ~ 2 bar (on-board supply) .
5.
Close shut-off valve (4).
6.
Open needle valve (1).
7.
Open shut-off valve (4) for 30 secs.
8.
Check if exhaust gas temperature after turbocharger decreases.
9.
The cleaning procedure is complete.
10.
Repeat the cleaning procedure 3-4 times.
1
CAUTION After washing, the water supply must be disconnected completely; i.e., incl. hose (3) from the connecting branch (5) to the turbocharger washing device. 11.
5
Disconnect the water supply completely, incl. hose (3) from the connecting branch of the (5) turbocharger washing device.
3 8 4 2
CAUTION Avoid getting uncontrolled amounts of water into the turbocharger or the engine. This can cause personal injury and major damage. In order to prevent corrosion on the inside surfaces of the housing, the engine must be run for 30 more minutes at the same load level. Due to increased corrosion risk from wash water residue in the exhaust system, we recommend not performing the washing procedure before longer engine standstill periods. For additional instructions, see User Manual A3.06.06.nn.
en / 10.08.2010
IB026801
4/4
Turbocharger
A5.05. 06.13.01.00
Maintenance / Cleaning M20 300
06
See also: Spare parts list:
B1.05.06.n.7259
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,50 h
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Maintenance: Cleaning of the turbocharger every
300 h
NOTE Particulary if the engine is running on the heavy fuel, deposits will form on the turbine blades decreasing the charger efficiency and increasing the bearing loads by unbalance. These deposits must be removed by injecting freshwater (without addition of detergents or solvents). The washing intervals depend on the fuel quality and the operating conditions, and they can only be fixed by experience in operation. It must always be prevented that water enters the exhaust manifold between the washing operations. For this reason, the hose piece (Fig. 1/1) is to be removed after washing.
Sequence of operations: 1.
Cleaning
1.1
Connect the cleaning pipe (2) with the water supply (detachable hose clip (1) with stop valve [3]).
1.2
Reduce the engine output to 20 % load and exhaust gas temperature at the cylinder outlets to 280 - 300 °C.
1.3
Open corner valves (4) and stop valve (3) and adjust water pressure on pressure gage (5) to
2
4
1
1.2 - 1.5 bar. Washing duration: 5 minutes 1.4 1.5
3 5 Close stop valves and corner valves and remove hose clip (Fig. 1/1). Fig. 1 Run the turbocharger dry with a written engine load approx. 30 min., then increase engine load
en / 31.05.2010
IB001462
1/2
Turbocharger
A5.05. 06.13.01.00
Maintenance / Cleaning M20 300
06
slowly.
NOTE Repeat washing procedure if vibrations and sounds appear at the turbocharger which were previously not present.
en / 31.05.2010
IB001462
2/2
Turbocharger
A5.05. 06.13.01.01
Maintenance / Cleaning M20 300
06
See also: Spare parts list:
B1.05.06.n.7259
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,50 h
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Maintenance: Cleaning of the turbocharger every
300 h
NOTE Particulary if the engine is running on the heavy fuel, deposits will form on the turbine blades decreasing the charger efficiency and increasing the bearing loads by unbalance. These deposits must be removed by injecting freshwater (without addition of detergents or solvents). The washing intervals depend on the fuel quality and the operating conditions, and they can only be fixed by experience in operation. It must always be prevented that water enters the exhaust manifold between the washing operations. For this reason, the hose piece (1) is to be removed after washing.
Sequence of operations: 1.
Cleaning
1.1
Connect the cleaning pipe (2) with the water supply (detachable hose clip (1) with stop valve [3]).
1.2
Reduce the engine output to 20 % load and exhaust gas temperature at the cylinder outlets to 280 - 300 °C.
1.3
Open corner valve (4) and stop valve (3) and adjust water pressure on pressure gage (5) to 1.2 - 1.5 bar. Washing duration: 5 minutes
1.4
Close stop valves and corner valves and remove hose clip (1).
1.5
Run the turbocharger dry with a written engine load approx. 30 min., then increase engine load slowly
en / 31.05.2010
IB002154
1/2
Turbocharger
A5.05. 06.13.01.01
Maintenance / Cleaning M20 300
06
.
NOTE Repeat washing procedure if vibrations and sounds appear at the turbocharger which were previously not present.
en / 31.05.2010
IB002154
2/2
Turbocharger
A5.05. 06.13.01.02
Maintenance / Cleaning M20 300
06
See also: Spare parts list:
B1.05.06.n.7259
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,50 h
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Maintenance: Cleaning of the turbocharger every
300 h
NOTE Particulary if the engine is running on the heavy fuel, deposits will form on the turbine blades decreasing the charger efficiency and increasing the bearing loads by unbalance. These deposits must be removed by injecting freshwater (without addition of detergents or solvents). The washing intervals depend on the fuel quality and the operating conditions, and they can only be fixed by experience in operation. It must always be prevented that water enters the exhaust manifold between the washing operations. For this reason, the hose piece (1) is to be removed after washing.
Sequence of operations: 4
1.
Cleaning
1.1
Connect the cleaning pipe (2) with the water supply (detachable hose clip (1) with stop valve [3]).
1.2
Reduce the engine output to 20 % load and exhaust gas temperature at the cylinder outlets to 280 - 300 °C.
1.3
Open corner valve (4) and stop valve (3) and adjust water pressure on pressure gage (5) to
4
1.2 - 1.5 bar. Washing duration: 5 minutes
2
1 5 3
en / 31.05.2010
IB002574
1/2
Turbocharger
A5.05. 06.13.01.02
Maintenance / Cleaning M20 300
06 1.4
Close stop valves and corner valves and remove hose clip (1).
1.5
Run the turbocharger dry with a written engine load approx. 30 min., then increase engine load slowly.
NOTE Repeat washing procedure if vibrations and sounds appear at the turbocharger which were previously not present.
en / 31.05.2010
IB002574
2/2
Turbocharger
A5.05. 06.13.01.03
Maintenance / Cleaning M20 300
06
See also: Spare parts list:
B1.05.06.n.7259
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,50 h
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Maintenance: Cleaning of the turbocharger every
300 h
NOTE Particulary if the engine is running on the heavy fuel, deposits will form on the turbine blades decreasing the charger efficiency and increasing the bearing loads by unbalance. These deposits must be removed by injecting freshwater (without addition of detergents or solvents). The washing intervals depend on the fuel quality and the operating conditions, and they can only be fixed by experience in operation. It must always be prevented that water enters the exhaust manifold between the washing operations. For this reason, the hose piece (1) is to be removed after washing.
Sequence of operations: 1.
Cleaning
1.1
Connect the cleaning pipe (2) with the water supply (detachable hose clip (1) with stop valve [3]).
1.2
Reduce the engine output to 20 % load and exhaust gas temperature at the cylinder outlets to 280 - 300 °C.
1.3
Open corner valve (4) and stop valve (3) and adjust water pressure on pressure gage (5) to
4
2
1.2 - 1.5 bar. Washing duration: 5 minutes 1.4
Close stop valves and corner valves and remove hose clip (1).
1.5
Run the turbocharger dry with a written engine load approx. 1 30 min., then increase engine load
5 3
en / 31.05.2010
IB003041
1/2
Turbocharger
A5.05. 06.13.01.03
Maintenance / Cleaning M20 300
06
slowly.
NOTE Repeat washing procedure if vibrations and sounds appear at the turbocharger which were previously not present.
en / 31.05.2010
IB003041
2/2
Turbocharger
A5.05. 06.13.01.04
Maintenance / Cleaning M20 300
06
See also: Spare parts list:
B1.05.06.n.7259
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,50 h
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Maintenance: Cleaning of the turbocharger every
300 h
NOTE Particulary if the engine is running on the heavy fuel, deposits will form on the turbine blades decreasing the charger efficiency and increasing the bearing loads by unbalance. These deposits must be removed by injecting freshwater (without addition of detergents or solvents). The washing intervals depend on the fuel quality and the operating conditions, and they can only be fixed by experience in operation. It must always be prevented that water enters the exhaust manifold between the washing operations. For this reason, the hose piece (1) is to be removed after washing.
Sequence of operations: 1.
Cleaning
1.1
Connect the cleaning pipe (2) with the water supply (detachable hose clip (1) with stop valve [3]).
1.2
Reduce the engine output to 20 % load and exhaust gas temperature at the cylinder outlets to 280 - 300 °C.
1.3
Open corner valve (4) and stop valve (3) and adjust water pressure on pressure gage (5) to
4
4
1.2 - 1.5 bar.
4
Washing duration: 5 minutes 1.4
Close stop valves and corner valves and remove hose clip (1).
1.5
Run the turbocharger dry with a written engine load2 approx. 30 min., then increase engine load slowly.
1 5 3
en / 31.05.2010
IB003046
1/2
Turbocharger
A5.05. 06.13.01.04
Maintenance / Cleaning M20 300
06
NOTE Repeat washing procedure if vibrations and sounds appear at the turbocharger which were previously not present.
en / 31.05.2010
IB003046
2/2
Turbocharger
A5.05. 06.13.01.05
Maintenance / Cleaning M20 300
06
See also: Spare parts list:
B1.05.06.n.7259
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,50 h
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Maintenance: Cleaning of the turbocharger
every
300 h
NOTE Particulary if the engine is running on the heavy fuel, deposits will form on the turbine blades decreasing the charger efficiency and increasing the bearing loads by unbalance. These deposits must be removed by injecting freshwater (without addition of detergents or solvents). The washing intervals depend on the fuel quality and the operating conditions, and they can only be fixed by experience in operation. It must always be prevented that water enters the exhaust manifold between the washing operations. For this reason, the hose piece (1) is to be removed after washing.
Sequence of operations: 1.
Cleaning
1.1
Connect the cleaning pipe (2) with the water supply (detachable hose clip (1) with stop valve [3]).
1.2
Reduce the engine output to 20 % load and exhaust gas temperature at the cylinder outlets to 280 - 300 °C.
4
1.3
Open corner valve (4) and stop valve (3) and adjust water pressure on pressure gage (5) to
4
4
1.2 - 1.5 bar. Washing duration: 5 minutes 1.4
Close stop valves and corner valves and remove hose clip (1).
1.5
Run the turbocharger dry with a written engine load approx. 30 min., then increase engine load 2 slowly.
1 5 3
en / 31.05.2010
IB003054
1/2
Turbocharger
A5.05. 06.13.01.05
Maintenance / Cleaning M20 300
06
NOTE Repeat washing procedure if vibrations and sounds appear at the turbocharger which were previously not present.
en / 31.05.2010
IB003054
2/2
Exhaust gas turbocharger
A5.05. 06.13.01.06
Maintenance / Cleaning M20 300
06
See also: Spare parts list:
B1.05.06.n.7259
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,50 h
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Maintenance: Cleaning of the turbocharger every
300 h
NOTE Particularly if the engine is running on heavy fuel, deposits will settle down on the turbine blades decreasing the charger efficiency and increasing the bearing loads by unbalance. These deposits must be removed by injecting fresh water (without addition of detergents or solvents). The washing intervals depend on the fuel quality and the operating conditions, and they can only be fixed by experience in operation. It must be absolutely prevented that water enters the exhaust manifold between the washing operations. For this reason, the hose piece (Fig.1/1) is to be removed after washing.
Sequence of operations: 1.
Cleaning
1.1
Connect the cleaning pipe (2) with the water supply (detachable hose clip (1) with stop valve [3]).
1.2
Open drain valve (Fig.2/1)öffnen.
4
4
DANGER Attention, danger of burning! The waste water runs off with a temperature of > 70 °C. 1.3
4
Reduce engine output to 20 %, exhaust gas temperature after cylinder 280 - 300 °C. 2 1 5 3 1
en / 31.05.2010
IB004495
1/2
Exhaust gas turbocharger
A5.05. 06.13.01.06
Maintenance / Cleaning M20 300 1.4
06
Open corner valves (Fig.1/4) and stop valve (3) and set water pressure on pressure gauge (5) to 1,2 - 1,5 bar
Duration of washing: 5 minutes
CAUTION Check drain valve (Fig. 2/4) and pipe (2) during the washing process permanently for free passage. Clogging by deposits involves the risk that water runs bakc into the engine through the exhaust gas pipe. In case of clogging pierce the drain valve with a wire. 1.5
Close stop (Fig.1/3) and corner valves (4) and remove hose clip (1).
1.6
If no further water runs out of the drain pipe (Fig.2/2), close the drain valve (1).
1.7
Let the exhaust gas turbocharger dry for about 30 minutes at the specified engine load, then slowly increase the engine load.
1
2
2
NOTE In case of previously nonexistent vibrations and noises at the exhaust gas turbocharger, repeat the washing process.
en / 31.05.2010
IB004495
2/2
Abgasturbolader
A5.05. 06.13.01.07
Maintenance / Cleaning M20 300
06
See also: Spare parts list:
B1.05.06.n.7259
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,50 h
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Maintenance: Cleaning of the turbocharger
every
300 h
NOTE Particularly if the engine is running on heavy fuel, deposits will settle down on the turbine blades decreasing the charger efficiency and increasing the bearing loads by unbalance. These deposits must be removed by injecting fresh water (without addition of detergents or solvents). The washing intervals depend on the fuel quality and the operating conditions, and they can only be fixed by experience in operation. It must be absolutely prevented that water enters the exhaust manifold between the washing operations. For this reason, the hose piece (Fig.1/1) is to be removed after washing.
Sequence of operations: 1.
Cleaning
1.1
Connect the cleaning pipe (2) with the water supply (detachable hose clip (1) with stop valve [3]).
1.2
Open drain valve (Fig.2/1)öffnen.
4
4
DANGER Attention, danger of burning! The waste water runs off with a temperature of > 70 °C. 1.3
4
Reduce engine output to 20 %, exhaust gas temperature after cylinder 280 - 300 °C.
2 1 5 3
1
en / 31.05.2010
IB004503
1/2
Abgasturbolader
A5.05. 06.13.01.07
Maintenance / Cleaning M20 300 1.4
06
Open corner valves (Fig.1/4) and stop valve (3) and set water pressure on pressure gauge (5) to 1,2 - 1,5 bar
Duration of washing: 5 minutes
CAUTION Check drain valve (Fig. 2/4) and pipe (2) during the washing process permanently for free passage. Clogging by deposits involves the risk that water runs bakc into the engine through the exhaust gas pipe. In case of clogging pierce the drain valve with a wire. 1.5
Close stop (Fig.1/3) and corner valves (4) and remove hose clip (1).
1.6
If no further water runs out of the drain pipe (Fig.2/2), close the drain valve (1).
1.7
Let the exhaust gas turbocharger dry for about 30 minutes at the specified engine load, then slowly increase the engine load.
1
2
2
NOTE In case of previously non-existent vibrations and noises at the exhaust gas turbocharger, repeat the washing process.
en / 31.05.2010
IB004503
2/2
Turbocharger
A5.05. 06.13.01.08
Maintenance / Cleaning M20 300
06
See also: Spare parts list:
B1.05.06.n.7259
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,50 h
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Maintenance: Cleaning of the turbocharger
every
300 h
NOTE Particularly if the engine is running on heavy fuel, deposits will settle down on the turbine blades decreasing the charger efficiency and increasing the bearing loads by unbalance. These deposits must be removed by injecting fresh water (without addition of detergents or solvents). The washing intervals depend on the fuel quality and the operating conditions, and they can only be fixed by experience in operation. It must be absolutely prevented that water enters the exhaust manifold between the washing operations. For this reason, the hose piece (Fig.1/1) is to be removed after washing.
Sequence of operations: 1.
Cleaning
1.1
Connect the cleaning pipe (2) with the water supply (detachable hose clip (1) with stop valve [3]).
1.2
Open drain valve (Fig.2/1)öffnen.
4
DANGER Attention, danger of burning! The waste water runs off with a temperature of > 70 °C. 1.3
2
Reduce engine output to 20 %, exhaust gas temperature after cylinder 280 - 300 °C. 1 5 3
1
en / 31.05.2010
IB004510
1/2
Turbocharger
A5.05. 06.13.01.08
Maintenance / Cleaning M20 300 1.4
06
Open corner valve (Fig.1/4) and stop valve (3) and set water pressure on pressure gauge (5) to 1,2 - 1,5 bar Duration of washing: 5 minutes
CAUTION Check drain valve (Fig. 2/4) and pipe (2) during the washing process permanently for free passage. Clogging by deposits involves the risk that water runs bakc into the engine through the exhaust gas pipe. In case of clogging pierce the drain valve with a wire. 1.5
Close stop (Fig.1/3) and corner valves (4) and remove hose clip (1).
1.6
If no further water runs out of the drain pipe (Fig.2/2), close the drain valve (1).
1.7
Let the exhaust gas turbocharger dry for about 30 minutes at the specified engine load, then slowly increase the engine load.
1
2
2
NOTE In case of previously non-existent vibrations and noises at the exhaust gas turbocharger, repeat the washing process.
en / 31.05.2010
IB004510
2/2
Exhaust gas turbocharger - HPR 5000 -
A5.05. 06.13.02.11
Repair / Replacement M20 12000, 24000, 48000, 250, 1000 See also:
A3.06.06.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.06.nn725n nn
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,40 h
06
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE The exhaust gas turbocharger must generally be maintained according to the maintenance instructions in Book C or the Operating Instructions.
Below is a list of maintenance tasks that must be performed using the work interval schedule according to the operating instructions in Book C after the number of operating hours listed.
The operating hours listed are guidelines that may need to be shortened or lengthened depending on the operating conditions, as well as for adapting to engine maintenance intervals.
For "Washing the Turbocharger", the work processes are described in work cards (A5.05.06.05.01.nn) & (A5.05.06.05.02.nn) .
Instructions for emergency engine operation with a defective turbocharger see User Manual A3.12.01.nn.
en / 31.05.2010
IB025473
1/2
Exhaust gas turbocharger - HPR 5000 -
A5.05. 06.13.02.11
Repair / Replacement M20 12000, 24000, 48000, 250, 1000
06 Required Parts sets
Maintenance task
Maintenance interval Operating hours (h) approx. 250 h or as needed
Clean air filter on muffler
once after Start-up then every 1000 h
Check mounting bolts on the turbocharger legs, all housing bolts and tighten pipe connections.
12 000 h
( 9910 ) ( 9920 ) ( 9930 )
Inspection 1 - Disassembly - Cleaning - Check rotor and its bearings - Check housings - Assembly Note: The service life of the turbine guide grid is approx. ; please note when scheduling maintenance.
12 000 h
Inspection 2 - same as Inspection 1 - Replace bearings
( 4000 ) ( 9910 ) ( 9920 ) ( 9930 )
24 000 h
Inspection 3 - same as Inspection 2 - Exchange rotor
( 2000 ) ( 4000 ) ( 9910 ) ( 9920 ) ( 9930 )
48 000 h
Rotor
-->
( 2000 )
Seal set
Bearing set
-->
( 4000 )
Fasteners Fasteners
-->
( 9910 )
1
-->
( 9920 )
2
-->
( 9930 )
NOTE When ordering parts, please provide the information from the turbocharger serial plate.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
en / 31.05.2010
IB025473
2/2
Exhaust gas turbocharger - HPR 4000 -
A5.05. 06.13.02.12
Repair / Replacement M20 12000, 24000, 48000, 250, 1000 See also:
A3.06.06.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.06.nn725n nn
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,40 h
06
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE The exhaust gas turbocharger must generally be maintained according to the maintenance instructions in Book C or the Operating Instructions.
Below is a list of maintenance tasks that must be performed using the work interval schedule according to the operating instructions in Book C after the number of operating hours listed.
The operating hours listed are guidelines that may need to be shortened or lengthened depending on the operating conditions, as well as for adapting to engine maintenance intervals.
For "Washing the Turbocharger", the work processes are described in work cards (A5.05.06.05.01.nn) & (A5.05.06.05.02.nn) .
Instructions for emergency engine operation with a defective turbocharger see User Manual A3.12.01.nn.
en / 31.05.2010
IB025572
1/2
Exhaust gas turbocharger - HPR 4000 -
A5.05. 06.13.02.12
Repair / Replacement M20 12000, 24000, 48000, 250, 1000
06 Required Parts sets
Maintenance task
Maintenance interval Operating hours (h) approx. 250 h or as needed
Clean air filter on muffler
once after Start-up then every 1000 h
Check mounting bolts on the turbocharger legs, all housing bolts and tighten pipe connections.
12 000 h
( 9910 ) ( 9920 ) ( 9930 )
Inspection 1 - Disassembly - Cleaning - Check rotor and its bearings - Check housings - Assembly Note: The service life of the turbine guide grid is approx. ; please note when scheduling maintenance.
12 000 h
Inspection 2 - same as Inspection 1 - Replace bearings
( 4000 ) ( 9910 ) ( 9920 ) ( 9930 )
24 000 h
Inspection 3 - same as Inspection 2 - Exchange rotor
( 2000 ) ( 4000 ) ( 9910 ) ( 9920 ) ( 9930 )
48 000 h
Rotor
-->
( 2000 )
Seal set
Bearing set
-->
( 4000 )
Fasteners Fasteners
-->
( 9910 )
1
-->
( 9920 )
2
-->
( 9930 )
NOTE When ordering parts, please provide the information from the turbocharger serial plate.
en / 31.05.2010
IB025572
2/2
Injection Pump
A5.05. 07.02.01.00
Repair / Disassembly and reassembly M20
07
See also: Spare parts list:
B1.05.07.2.3580
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 1,00 h
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Tools: Torque wrench 40 - 180 Nm
W1 *
1.9454-40
* not available as figure
Auxiliary material: Molykote paste “G-Rapid Plus” ** ** or a product of equal standard
Sequence of operations: 1.
Disassembly
1.1
Empty fuel system (drain cock at counter-coupling side over fuel double filter).
1.2
Disassemble lube oil lines (Fig. 1/1) at the injection pump.
3 X 1 2
Fig. 1
en / 31.05.2010
IB001371
1/3
Injection Pump
A5.05. 07.02.01.00
Repair / Disassembly and reassembly M20
1.3
07
Disconnect connection of the injection pump control rack (Fig. 1/2) to the regulating shaft and slide control rack completely into the injection pump.
1.4
Disconnect holder for stop cylinder (3) at the injection pump.
1.5
Loosen thrust screws (Fig. 2/11), lever off transverse pressure piece of the injection pressure line with cover (12) and pull to the left out of the cylinder head and the injection pump. Slide sleeve (13) to the left into the cylinder head.
11
12
13
1.6
Disconnect distributor housing of the fuel collecting pipe at the injection pump.
1.7
Loosen nuts (14) of the fastening screws at the injection pump uniformly and lift the injection pump off cylinder crankcase.
CAUTION
14
Spacer plates (Fig. 3/23) belonging to the cylinders must not be removed.
Fig. 2
WARNING Caution! Spring tension of the injection pump drive interacts with the injection pump. 2.
23
Reassembly
NOTE To facilitate reassembly, turn engine in such a way, that the rocker lever (21) of the injection pump drive is on the base circle of the injection cam. 2.1
14
22
21
Clean supporting surface of the injection pump.
Fig. 3
en / 31.05.2010
IB001371
2/3
Injection Pump
A5.05. 07.02.01.00
Repair / Disassembly and reassembly M20
2.2
Renew O-ring (Fig. 3/22) at the injection pump and at the distributor housing of the fuel collecting pipe and place the injection pump over the fastening screws.
2.3
Lubricate threads and contact surfaces of nuts (Fig. 2/14) with Molykote paste “G-Rapid Plus” and pull the injection pump into place by tightening the nuts uniformly.
WARNING Caution! Spring tension of the injection pump drive interacts with the injection pump.
2.4
Tighten nuts (14) with a torque of
X
M = 50 Nm. 2.5
Connect lube oil lines (Fig. 1/1) to the injection pump and screw on holder for stop cylinder (3).
2.6
Link regulating shaft with control rack (2) of the injection pump. Observe clearance “s” of 0.5 mm between articulated lever and control rack (Fig. 1/X) and ensure freedom of motion of the accelerator control linkage.
2.7
Slide transverse pressure piece of the injection pressure line with cover (Fig. 4/ 12) in reverse disassembly direction into cylinder cover and injection pump. First tighten the thrust screw (11a) and then thrust screw (11b) with a torque of
s
11b
13
11a
M = 85 Nm. Slide sleeve (13) to the right into injection pump.
12 2.8
Vent fuel system with backing pump.
Fig. 4
en / 31.05.2010
IB001371
3/3
07
Injection Pump
A5.05. 07.02.01.01
Repair / Disassembly and reassembly M20
See also:
A5.05.07.15.01.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.04.2.3580
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 1,00 h
07
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Tools: Torque wrench 40 - 180 Nm
W1 *
1.9454-40
* not available as figure
Auxiliary material: soft green soap** Molykote paste “G-Rapid Plus” ** ** or a product of equal standard
Sequence of operations: 1.
Disassembly
1.1
Empty fuel system (drain cock at counter-coupling side over fuel double filter).
1.2
Disassemble lube oil lines (Fig. 1/1) at the injection pump.
3
X
1
2 1
en / 30.09.2010
IB003956
1/3
Injection Pump
A5.05. 07.02.01.01
Repair / Disassembly and reassembly M20
1.3
Disconnect connection of the injection pump control rack (Fig. 1/2) to the regulating shaft and slide control rack completely into the injection pump.
07
11 11 13
1.4
Disconnect holder for stop cylinder (3) at the injection pump.
1.5
Loosen thrust screws (Fig. 2/11), lever off transverse pressure piece of the injection pressure line with cover (12) and pull to the left out of the cylinder head and the injection pump. Slide sleeve (13) to the left into the cylinder head.
12
14
1.6
Loosen the fuel manifold and collector (07.15.01.nn).
1.7
Loosen nuts (14) of the fastening screws at the injection pump uniformly and lift the injection pump off cylinder crankcase.
2
CAUTION Spacer plates (Fig. 3/23) belonging to the cylinders must not be removed.
24
WARNING Caution! Spring tension of the injection pump drive interacts with the injection pump.
14 23
2.
Reassembly
22
NOTE To facilitate reassembly, turn engine in such a way, that the rocker lever (21) of the injection pump drive is on the base circle of the injection cam. 2.1
Clean supporting surface of the injection pump.
21
3
en / 30.09.2010
IB003956
2/3
Injection Pump
A5.05. 07.02.01.01
Repair / Disassembly and reassembly M20
2.2
Replace the O-rings on the lower spring plate (Fig. 3/22) and the connections for the fuel manifold and collector (24).
2.3
Place the injection pump above the fastening screws.
2.4
Lubricate threads and contact surfaces of nuts (Fig. 2/14) with Molykote paste “G-Rapid Plus” and pull the injection pump into place by tightening the nuts uniformly.
07
WARNING Caution! Spring tension of the injection pump drive interacts with the injection pump.
2.5
Tighten nuts (14) with a torque of
X
M = 50 Nm. 2.6
Connect lube oil lines (Fig. 1/1) to the injection pump and screw on holder for stop cylinder (3).
2.7
Link regulating shaft with control rack (2) of the injection pump. Observe clearance “s” of 0.5 mm between articulated lever and control rack (Fig. 1/X) and ensure freedom of motion of the accelerator control linkage.
2.8
Slide transverse pressure piece of the injection pressure line with cover (Fig. 4/ 12) in reverse disassembly direction into cylinder cover and injection pump. First tighten the thrust screw (11a) and then thrust screw (11b) with a torque of
s
11b
13
11a
M = 85 Nm. Slide sleeve (13) to the right into injection pump. 2.9
2.10
Mount the fuel manifold and collector (07.15.01.nn).
12
Vent fuel system with backing pump.
4
en / 30.09.2010
IB003956
3/3
Injection Pump
A5.05. 07.02.01.02
Repair / Disassembly and reassembly M20
See also:
A5.05.07.15.01.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.04.2.3580
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 1,00 h
07
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Tools: Torque wrench 40 - 180 Nm
W1 *
1.9454-40
* not available as figure
Auxiliary material: soft green soap** Molykote paste “G-Rapid Plus” ** ** or a product of equal standard
Sequence of operations: 1.
Disassembly
1.1
Empty fuel system, drain cock (Fig. 5/30) .
1.2
Disassemble lube oil lines (Fig. 1/1) at the injection pump.
1
3
25
2
en / 31.05.2010
IB026455
1/3
Injection Pump
A5.05. 07.02.01.02
Repair / Disassembly and reassembly M20
07
1.3
Disconnect connection of the injection pump control rack (Fig. 1/2) to the regulating shaft and slide control rack completely into the injection pump.
1.4
Disconnect holder for stop cylinder (3) at the injection pump.
1.5
Loosen thrust screws (Fig. 2/11), lever off transverse pressure piece of the injection pressure line with cover (12) and pull to the left out of the cylinder head and the injection pump. Slide sleeve (13) to the left into the cylinder head.
1.6
Loosen the fuel manifold and collector (07.15.01.nn).
1.7
Loosen nuts (14) of the fastening screws at the injection pump uniformly and lift the injection pump off cylinder crankcase.
CAUTION Spacer plates (Fig. 3/23) belonging to the cylinders must not be removed.
WARNING Caution! Spring tension of the injection pump drive interacts with the injection pump. 2.
Reassembly
NOTE To facilitate reassembly, turn engine in such a way, that the rocker lever (21) of the injection pump drive is on the base circle of the injection cam. 2.1
Clean supporting surface of the injection pump.
en / 31.05.2010
IB026455
2/3
Injection Pump
A5.05. 07.02.01.02
Repair / Disassembly and reassembly M20
2.2
Replace the O-rings on the lower spring plate (Fig. 3/22) and the connections for the fuel manifold and collector (24).
2.3
Place the injection pump above the fastening screws.
2.4
Lubricate threads and contact surfaces of nuts (Fig. 2/14) with Molykote paste “G-Rapid Plus” and pull the injection pump into place by tightening the nuts uniformly.
07
WARNING Caution! Spring tension of the injection pump drive interacts with the injection pump.
2.5
Tighten nuts (14) with a torque of
X
M = 50 Nm. 2.6
Connect lube oil lines (Fig. 1/1) to the injection pump and screw on holder for stop cylinder (3).
2.7
Link regulating shaft with control rack (2) of the injection pump. Observe clearance “ of 0.5 mm between articulated lever(25) and control rack (2) and ensure freedom of motion of the accelerator control linkage.
2.8
Slide transverse pressure piece of the injection pressure line with cover (Fig. 4/ 12) in reverse disassembly direction into cylinder cover and injection pump. First tighten the thrust screw (11a) and then thrust screw (11b) with a torque of
s 11b
13
11a
M = 85 Nm. Slide sleeve (13) to the right into injection pump. 2.9
2.10
Mount the fuel manifold and collector (07.15.01.nn).
12
Vent fuel system with backing pump.
4
en / 31.05.2010
IB026455
3/3
Injection Pump
A5.05. 07.03.01.00
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20 15000, 7500
07
See also: Spare parts list:
B1.05.07.2.3597
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 1,00 h
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Maintenance: Disassemble injection pump if required, clean all parts and replace if necessary. Observe note!
Tools: Torque wrench 20 - 90 Nm 1/2"
W1*
1.9454-20
* not available as figure
Auxiliary material: Molykote paste “G-Rapid Plus” * Vaseline * ** or a product of equal standard
NOTE All parts of the injection pump are manufactured with utmost precision in special workshops. This is the only guarantee for proper function. When repairing a pump, it is to be ensured that the various components of the pump, e.g. control sleeve, control rack, rack pointer etc. remain together with their respective housing. Plunger and barrel must be renewed as a unit only. In order to keep repair costs low, any parts to be reconditioned should be shipped only complete, and the possibility of interchanging must be excluded. Lapped surfaces must be preserved and not touched with fingers.
Sequence of operations: (Fig. 1) 1.
Disassembly
1.1
Clean the outside of the injection pump.
1.2
Remove and check impact screws (Fig. 1/1 and 2).
1.3
Clamp injection pump upwards with injection pump bottom part (3).
en / 31.05.2010
IB001436
1/3
Injection Pump
A5.05. 07.03.01.00
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20 15000, 7500
07
WARNING Caution spring tension!
1.4
Loosen fillister head screws (Fig. 1/4) uniformly. Remove injection pump bottom part (3) with lower spring seat from injection pump housing (5). Take care of fixing pin.
1.5
1.6
1.7
19
21 20
Remove the following single components from injection pump housing (6):
22
Cam follower body (7), pressure plate (8), distance plate (9), slot washer (10) (a unit), pump spring (11), spring seat (12), control sleeve (13), pump plunger (14).
23
17
24 1
2
Unscrew guide screw (15), pull control rod (16) out of injection pump housing (6) and check toothing.
18 14 6
Clamp injection pump housing (6) with valve support pointing upwards (17). Unscrew locking screw (18).
13
15
12
16
11 1.8
Loosen fillister head screws (19) and remove valve support (17). Take care of stop (20) pressure valve spring (21), and pressure valve (22).
1.9
Drive barrel (23) and constant pressure release (24) with suitable piece of rounded wood out of the injection pump housing (6).
1.10
Clean all parts with gas oil and a hard brush and blow through with compressed air. Check lube oil bores for free passage.
10 9 8 3
4
7 25 5
1.11
Renew all O-rings and sealing rings.
en / 31.05.2010
IB001436
Fig. 1
2/3
Injection Pump
A5.05. 07.03.01.00
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20 15000, 7500
07
NOTE Insert O-rings with vaseline untwisted into slots, do not pull across sharp edges of the components. During visual inspection pay special attention to the following wear phenomena: plunger, scores marks on the running surface. Control helix worn by cavitation or erosion barrel: score marks in the running surface piston with barrel, sliding fit of the piston in the barrel impact screws, cavitation, pressure valve: damaged contact faces, dented seat, worn pressure spring pressure plate/cam follower body, worn plunger contact face and needle guide
•
• • • • • •fuel supply and discharge bores in the connecting flange, cavitation, erosion
2.
Reassembly
2.1
The reassembly is carried out in reverse order to the disassembly procedure.
CAUTION During reassembly see that the barrel is locked and that the marking of control rack control sleeve and control sleeve - plunger coincide. 2.2
Grease contact surfaces between valve support (17), constant pressure release (24) and barrel (23) thinly with absolutely clean Molykote paste “G-Rapid Plus”.
2.3
Coat threads and contact surfaces of the following screws with Molykote paste “G-Rapid Plus” and tighten crosswise with tightening torque: Fillister head screw (Fig. 1/4) M = 25 Nm Fillister head screw (19) M = 45 Nm Imoact screws (1 and 2) M = 50 Nm During disassembly of the lower valve plate (5) Fillister head screw (25) M = 40 Nm
2.4
Check freedom of motion of the control rack.
en / 31.05.2010
IB001436
3/3
Injection Pump
A5.05. 07.03.01.01
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20 15000, 7500
07
See also: Spare parts list:
B1.05.07.2.3597
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 1,00 h
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Maintenance: Disassemble injection pump if required, clean all parts and replace if necessary. Observe note!
Tools: Torque wrench 20 - 90 Nm 1/2"
W1*
1.9454-20
* not available as figure
Auxiliary material: Molykote paste “G-Rapid Plus” * Vaseline * ** or a product of equal standard
NOTE All parts of the injection pump are manufactured with utmost precision in special workshops. This is the only guarantee for proper function. When repairing a pump, it is to be ensured that the various components of the pump, e.g. control sleeve, control rack, rack pointer etc. remain together with their respective housing. Plunger and barrel must be renewed as a unit only. In order to keep repair costs low, any parts to be reconditioned should be shipped only complete, and the possibility of interchanging must be excluded. Lapped surfaces must be preserved and not touched with fingers.
Sequence of operations: (Fig. 1) 1.
Disassembly
1.1
Clean the outside of the injection pump.
1.2
Remove and check impact screws (Fig. 1/1 and 2).
1.3
Clamp injection pump upwards with injection pump bottom part (3).
en / 31.05.2010
IB002110
1/3
Injection Pump
A5.05. 07.03.01.01
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20 15000, 7500
07
WARNING Caution spring tension!
1.4
Loosen fillister head screws (Fig. 1/4) uniformly. Remove injection pump bottom part (3) with lower spring seat from injection pump housing (5). Take care of fixing pin.
1.5
1.6
1.7
19
21 20
Remove the following single components from injection pump housing (6):
22
Cam follower body (7), pressure plate (8), distance plate (9), slot washer (10) (a unit), pump spring (11), spring seat (12), control sleeve (13), pump plunger (14).
23
17
24 1
2
Unscrew guide screw (15), pull control rod (16) out of injection pump housing (6) and check toothing.
18 14 6
Clamp injection pump housing (6) with valve support pointing upwards (17). Unscrew locking screw (18).
13
15
12
16
11 1.8
Loosen fillister head screws (19) and remove valve support (17). Take care of stop (20) pressure valve spring (21), and pressure valve (22).
1.9
Drive barrel (23) and constant pressure release (24) with suitable piece of rounded wood out of the injection pump housing (6).
1.10
Clean all parts with gas oil and a hard brush and blow through with compressed air. Check lube oil bores for free passage.
10 9 8 3
4
7 25 5
1.11
Renew all O-rings and sealing rings.
en / 31.05.2010
IB002110
Fig. 1
2/3
Injection Pump
A5.05. 07.03.01.01
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20 15000, 7500
07
NOTE Insert O-rings with vaseline untwisted into slots, do not pull across sharp edges of the components. During visual inspection pay special attention to the following wear phenomena: plunger, scores marks on the running surface. Control helix worn by cavitation or erosion barrel: score marks in the running surface piston with barrel, sliding fit of the piston in the barrel impact screws, cavitation, pressure valve: damaged contact faces, dented seat, worn pressure spring pressure plate/cam follower body, worn plunger contact face and needle guide
•
• • • • • •fuel supply and discharge bores in the connecting flange, cavitation, erosion
2.
Reassembly
2.1
The reassembly is carried out in reverse order to the disassembly procedure.
CAUTION During reassembly see that the barrel is locked and that the marking of control rack control sleeve and control sleeve - plunger coincide. 2.2
Grease contact surfaces between constant pressure release (24) and barrel (23) thinly with absolutely clean Molykote paste “G-Rapid Plus”.
2.3
Coat threads and contact surfaces of the following screws with Molykote paste “G-Rapid Plus” and tighten crosswise with tightening torque: Fillister head screw (Fig. 1/4) M = 25 Nm Fillister head screw (19) M = 45 Nm Imoact screws (1 and 2) M = 50 Nm During disassembly of the lower valve plate (5) Fillister head screw (25) M = 45 Nm
2.4
Check freedom of motion of the control rack.
en / 31.05.2010
IB002110
3/3
Injection Pump
A5.05. 07.03.01.02
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20 15000, 7500
07
See also: Spare parts list:
B1.05.07.2.3597
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 1,00 h
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Maintenance: Disassemble injection pump if required, clean all parts and replace if necessary. Observe note!
Tools: Torque wrench 20 - 90 Nm 1/2"
W1*
1.9454-20
* not available as figure
Auxiliary material: Molykote paste “G-Rapid Plus” * Vaseline * ** or a product of equal standard
NOTE All parts of the injection pump are manufactured with utmost precision in special workshops. This is the only guarantee for proper function. When repairing a pump, it is to be ensured that the various components of the pump, e.g. control sleeve, control rack, rack pointer etc. remain together with their respective housing. Plunger and barrel must be renewed as a unit only. In order to keep repair costs low, any parts to be reconditioned should be shipped only complete, and the possibility of interchanging must be excluded. Lapped surfaces must be preserved and not touched with fingers.
Sequence of operations: 1.
Disassembly
1.1
Clean the outside of the injection pump.
1.2
Remove and check impact screws (Fig. 1/1 and 2).
1.3
Clamp injection pump upwards with injection pump bottom part (3).
en / 31.05.2010
IB003279
1/4
Injection Pump
A5.05. 07.03.01.02
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20 15000, 7500
07 19
WARNING
17
21
Caution spring tension!
20 1.4
22
Loosen fillister head screws (Fig. 2/32) uniformly.
24 23
Remove injection pump bottom part (33) with lower spring seat from injection pump housing (Fig. 1/5). Take care of fixing pin.
2 1
1.5
Remove the following single components from injection pump housing (6):
18 Cam follower body (7), pressure plate (8), distance plate (9), slot washer (10) (a unit), pump spring (11), spring seat (12), control sleeve (13), pump plunger (14). 1.6
14 6
Unscrew guide screw (15), pull control rod (16) out of injection pump housing (6) and check toothing.
15
13
16 1.7
1.8
1.9
Clamp injection pump housing (6) with valve support pointing upwards (17). Unscrew locking screw (18). Loosen fillister head screws (19) and remove valve support (17). Take care of stop (20) pressure valve spring (21), and pressure valve (22). Drive barrel (23) and constant pressure release (24) with suitable piece of rounded wood out of the injection pump housing (6).
11 12
10 3 1
9 8
25
5
7 1
en / 31.05.2010
IB003279
2/4
Injection Pump
A5.05. 07.03.01.02
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20 15000, 7500 1.10
Dismantle the fuel outlet throttle screw (Fig.2/30) and the fuel inlet throttle screw (31).
1.11
Clean all parts with gas oil and a hard brush and blow through with compressed air. Check lube oil bores for free passage.
1.12
07
30
Renew all O-rings and sealing rings.
NOTE
31
Insert O-rings with vaseline untwisted into slots, do not pull across sharp edges of the components. During visual inspection pay special attention to the following wear phenomena:
•plunger, scores marks on the running surface. Control helix worn by cavitation or erosion
•barrel: score marks in the running surface
33
32
•piston with barrel, sliding fit of the piston in the barrel
•impact screws, cavitation,
2
•pressure valve: damaged contact faces, dented seat, worn pressure spring
•pressure plate/cam follower body, worn plunger contact face and needle guide
•fuel supply and discharge bores in the connecting flange, cavitation, erosion
en / 31.05.2010
IB003279
3/4
Injection Pump
A5.05. 07.03.01.02
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20 15000, 7500
07
2.
Reassembly
2.1
The reassembly is carried out in reverse order to the disassembly procedure.
CAUTION During reassembly see that the barrel is locked and that the marking of control rack control sleeve and control sleeve - plunger coincide. 2.2
Grease contact surfaces between constant pressure release (Fig. 1/24) and barrel (23) thinly with absolutely clean Molykote paste “G-Rapid Plus”.
2.3
Coat threads and contact surfaces of the following screws with Molykote paste “G-Rapid Plus” and tighten crosswise with tightening torque: Fillister head screw (4) M = 25 Nm Fillister head screw (19) M = 45 Nm Imoact screws (1 and 2) M = 50 Nm During disassembly of the lower valve plate (5) Fillister head screw (25) M = 45 Nm
2.4
Check freedom of motion of the control rack.
en / 31.05.2010
IB003279
4/4
Injection Pump
A5.05. 07.03.01.03
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20 15000, 7500
07
See also: Spare parts list:
B1.05.07.2.3597
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 1,00 h
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Maintenance: Disassemble injection pump if required, clean all parts and replace if necessary. Observe note!
Tools: Torque wrench 20 - 90 Nm 1/2"
W1*
1.9454-20
* not available as figure
Auxiliary material: Molykote paste “G-Rapid Plus” * Vaseline * ** or a product of equal standard
NOTE All parts of the injection pump are manufactured with utmost precision in special workshops. This is the only guarantee for proper function. When repairing a pump, it is to be ensured that the various components of the pump, e.g. control sleeve, control rack, rack pointer etc. remain together with their respective housing. Plunger and barrel must be renewed as a unit only. In order to keep repair costs low, any parts to be reconditioned should be shipped only complete, and the possibility of interchanging must be excluded. Lapped surfaces must be preserved and not touched with fingers.
Sequence of operations: 1.
Disassembly
1.1
Clean the outside of the injection pump.
1.2
Remove and check impact screws (Fig. 1/1 and 2).
1.3
Clamp injection pump upwards with injection pump bottom part (3).
en / 31.05.2010
IB024918
1/4
Injection Pump
A5.05. 07.03.01.03
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20 15000, 7500
07
WARNING Caution spring tension!
1.4
Loosen fillister head screws (Fig. 2/32) uniformly. Remove injection pump bottom part (33) with lower spring seat from injection pump housing (Fig. 1/5). Take care of fixing pin (34).
1.5
Remove the following single components from injection pump housing (6): Cam follower body (7), pressure plate (8), distance plate (9), slot washer (10) (a unit), pump spring (11), spring seat (12), control sleeve (13), pump plunger (14).
1.6
Unscrew guide screw (15), pull control rod (16) out of injection pump housing (6) and check toothing.
1.7
Clamp injection pump housing (6) with valve support pointing upwards (17). Unscrew locking screw (18).
1.8
Loosen fillister head screws (19) and remove valve support (17). Take care of stop (20) pressure valve spring (21), and pressure valve (22).
1.9
Drive barrel (23) and constant pressure release (24) with suitable piece of rounded wood out of the injection pump housing (6).
en / 31.05.2010
IB024918
2/4
Injection Pump
A5.05. 07.03.01.03
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20 15000, 7500 1.10
Dismantle the fuel outlet throttle screw (Fig.2/30) and the fuel inlet throttle screw (31).
1.11
Clean all parts with gas oil and a hard brush and blow through with compressed air. Check lube oil bores for free passage.
1.12
Renew all O-rings and sealing rings.
07
CAUTION If a possibly existing throttle (25) is to be exchanged, it has to be replaced, together with the connector, by the throttleconnector (26).
NOTE Insert O-rings with vaseline untwisted into slots, do not pull across sharp edges of the components. During visual inspection pay special attention to the following wear phenomena:
•plunger, scores marks on the running surface. Control helix worn by cavitation or erosion
•barrel: score marks in the running surface
•piston with barrel, sliding fit of the piston in the barrel
•impact screws, cavitation, •pressure valve: damaged contact faces, dented seat, worn pressure spring
•pressure plate/cam follower body, worn plunger contact face and needle guide
•fuel supply and discharge bores in the connecting flange, cavitation, erosion
en / 31.05.2010
IB024918
3/4
Injection Pump
A5.05. 07.03.01.03
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20 15000, 7500
07
2.
Reassembly
2.1
The reassembly is carried out in reverse order to the disassembly procedure.
CAUTION During reassembly see that the barrel is locked and that the marking of control rack control sleeve and control sleeve - plunger coincide. 2.2
Grease contact surfaces between constant pressure release (Fig. 1/24) and barrel (23) thinly with absolutely clean Molykote paste “G-Rapid Plus”.
2.3
Coat threads and contact surfaces of the following screws with Molykote paste “G-Rapid Plus” and tighten crosswise with tightening torque: Fillister head screw (4) M = 25 Nm Fillister head screw (19) M = 45 Nm Imoact screws (1 and 2) M = 50 Nm During disassembly of the lower valve plate (5) Fillister head screw (25) M = 45 Nm
2.4
Check freedom of motion of the control rack.
en / 31.05.2010
IB024918
4/4
Fuel Injector
A5.05. 07.07.01.00
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20
07
See also:
07.08.01.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.01.2.2107, B1.05.07.2.2267
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,50 h
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Tools: Removal tool for fuel injector
W1
2.9122-A
Auxiliary material: Molykote paste “G-Rapid Plus” * High-temperature thread paste “Dag S-5080” * * or a product of equal standard
NOTE Before working on the injection system, it is recommended to change to distillate fuel in the case of heavy oil operation in order to rinse the fuel injector thoroughly.
Sequence of operations: 1.
Disassembly
1.1
Switch off the stand-by lubricating oil pump of the main engine and/or the prelubricating pump at generator operation.
1.2
Release and remove thrust bolts (Fig. 1/1 and 2) and lever off transverse thrust piece (3) with cover (4) and pull to the left out of injection pump and cylinder head.
1.3
Pull the radial thrust piece (5) out by about 20 mm.
1.4
Release and remove nuts (Fig. 3/15) of the studs (11).
1.5
5
Detach flange place (Fig. 3/12) and over studs (11) turned by 180° (see Fig. 2).
4
1
3
2
Fig. 1
en / 31.05.2010
IB022247
1/3
Fuel Injector
A5.05. 07.07.01.00
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20
1.6
Screw extractor (Fig. 2/W1) onto adjusting screw (13) of the nozzle holder (14). Turn up nozzle holder from the seat against the flange (12).
1.7
Pull fuel injector at eye bolt (W1) out of the cylinder head.
1.8
Remove the soft iron sealing ring (17). Clean bore and nozzle seat (16) in the cylinder head.
1.9
Clean the outside of the fuel injector and carry out function check of the injection nozzle (07.08.01 nn).
1.10
Renew the soft iron sealing ring (17) and all of the O-rings (18).
07
W1
11
13 12
CAUTION
18
Only use original MaK spare parts. 14
2.
Reassembly
2.1
Apply a thin film of Molykote paste on the threads of gudgeons (Fig. 2/11), Orings.
17 16 Fig. 2
Excessive paste has to be removed! Through excessive paste there is the risk of squeezing of the O-rings in the locking groove in the cylinder head! Grease the soft sealing ring (17) and nozzle (16) with high temperature thread paste to avoid sticking due to heat. 2.2
15
11
Insert injection carefully valve into cylinder head. Attach flange (Fig. 2/12) and tighten nuts (15) with torque M = 55 Nm.
2.3
Slacken nuts (15) again by one turn.
2.4
Push in the radial thrust piece (Fig. 1/5).
2.5
Fit the transverse thrust piece (3).
17
16 Fig. 3 en / 31.05.2010
IB022247
2/3
Fuel Injector
A5.05. 07.07.01.00
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20
2.6
Tighteen the thrust bolts (1 and 2) manually in alternating order, becauce of tapered seat of the transverse thrust piece (3) on the injection pump.
2.7
First tighten thrust bolt (2) and then thrust bolt (1) with a torque of M = 85 Nm.
2.8
Tighten nuts ( Fig. 3/15) once again with a torque of M = 30 Nm.
en / 31.05.2010
IB022247
3/3
07
Fuel Injector
A5.05. 07.07.01.02
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20
07
See also:
07.08.01.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.01.2.2107, B1.05.07.2.2267
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,50 h
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Tools: Removal tool for fuel injector
W1
2.9122-A
Auxiliary material: Molykote paste “G-Rapid Plus” * High-temperature thread paste “Dag S-5080” * * or a product of equal standard
NOTE Before working on the injection system, it is recommended to change to distillate fuel in the case of heavy oil operation in order to rinse the fuel injector thoroughly.
Sequence of operations: 1.
Disassembly
1.1
Switch off the stand-by lubricating oil pump of the main engine and/or the prelubricating pump at generator operation.
1.2
Release and remove thrust bolts (Fig. 1/1 and 2) and lever off transverse thrust piece (3) with cover (4) and pull to the left out of injection pump and cylinder head.
1.3
Pull the radial thrust piece (5) out by about 20 mm.
1.4
Release and remove nuts (Fig. 3/15) of the studs (11).
1.5
Detach flange place (Fig. 3/12) and over studs (11) turned by 180° (see Fig. 2).
en / 30.09.2010
IB026440
1/3
Fuel Injector
A5.05. 07.07.01.02
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20
1.6
Screw extractor (Fig. 2/W1) onto adjusting screw (13) of the nozzle holder (14). Turn up nozzle holder from the seat against the flange (12).
1.7
Pull fuel injector at eye bolt (W1) out of the cylinder head.
1.8
Remove the soft iron sealing ring (17). Clean bore and nozzle seat (16) in the cylinder head.
1.9
Clean the outside of the fuel injector and carry out function check of the injection nozzle (07.08.01 nn).
1.10
Renew the soft iron sealing ring (17) and all of the O-rings (18).
07
CAUTION Only use original MaK spare parts. 2.
Reassembly
2.1
Apply a thin film of Molykote paste on the threads of gudgeons (Fig. 2/11), Orings. Excessive paste has to be removed! Through excessive paste there is the risk of squeezing of the O-rings in the locking groove in the cylinder head! Grease the soft sealing ring (17) and nozzle (16) with high temperature thread paste to avoid sticking due to heat.
2.2
Insert injection carefully valve into cylinder head. Attach flange (Fig. 2/12) and tighten nuts (15) with torque M = 55 Nm.
2.3
Slacken nuts (15) again by one turn.
2.4
Push in the radial thrust piece (Fig. 1/5).
2.5
Fit the transverse thrust piece (3).
en / 30.09.2010
IB026440
2/3
Fuel Injector
A5.05. 07.07.01.02
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20
2.6
Tighteen the thrust bolts (1 and 2) manually in alternating order, becauce of tapered seat of the transverse thrust piece (3) on the injection pump.
2.7
First tighten thrust bolt (2) and then thrust bolt (1) with a torque of M = 85 Nm.
2.8
Tighten nuts ( Fig. 3/15) once again with a torque of M = 30 Nm.
en / 30.09.2010
IB026440
3/3
07
Fuel Injector
A5.05. 07.08.01.01
Maintenance / Adjust M20
07
See also:
07.07.01.nn, 07.09.01.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.07.2.2267, B1.05.07.2.2260
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,50 h
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Tools: Nozzle tester Adapter/Nozzle holder - nozzle tester Pressure pipe
W1 W2 W3
1.9470 B 2.9208 A 1.9470-051
DANGER When checking the opening pressure: Risk of accident! Keep your hands off the fuel jet!
NOTE Proper function of the injection nozzlescan only be assessed from the behaviour of the exhaust gas temperatures or smoke emission behaviour. The fuel injector should only be checked in case of a significant deviation of the exhaust gas temperature from the respective cylinder value. For this purpose the nozzle tester is provided, which can also be used for checking the nozzle holes for unobstructed passage. By means of the nozzle tester the behaviour of the nozzle in operation cannot be reproduced, because the flow rates and the related pressure build-up are not comparable with the real conditions on the engine, i.e. the spray pattern alone gives no indication of the function of the nozzle. On the nozzle tester the specified opening pressure is to be adjusted after assembly of the nozzle. A drop in opening pressure after a short operating time (setting of nozzle spring and needle) is normal.
en / 31.05.2010
IB026385
1/2
Fuel Injector
A5.05. 07.08.01.01
Maintenance / Adjust M20
07
Sequence of operations: 1.
Remove carbon deposits from the nozzle with a hard brush (no wire brush).
2.
Check the nozzle hole for sharp edges, ovalization, corrosion and damage.
3.
Place the injector with the adapter (W2) in the tester (W1).
4.
Connect the injector delivery pipe (W3).
5.
Increase the pressure by means of the pump until the nozzle opens. Determine injector opening pressure and free passage of the nozzle holes.
NOTE If a high portion of fuel is leaking or if the nozzle holes are clogged and the nozzle already opens below the minimum nozzle opening pressure of 230 bar, repair or replace the injector according to (07.09.01.nn). 5.1
For adjusting the opening pressure slacken the lock nut (1) and turn the adjusting screw (2) until the correct opening pressure is adjusted (see 5.2 and 5.3). Tighten the lock nut (1).
5.2
When using a new fuel injector or a new nozzle element (8) and a new nozzle spring (4) the nozzle opening pressure is to be adjusted according to the testbed record (A1.10.).
5.3
When continuing to use the old nozzle element (8) and/or the old nozzle spring (4) the opening pressure is to be adjusted according to the testbed record value (A1.10.) minus 10%. Ptest = 350 bar - 10% = 315 bar
en / 31.05.2010
IB026385
2/2
Fuel Injector
A5.05. 07.08.01.02
Maintenance / Adjust M20
07
See also:
07.07.01.nn, 07.09.01.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.07.2.2267, B1.05.07.2.2260
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,50 h
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Tools: Nozzle tester Adapter/Nozzle holder - nozzle tester Pressure pipe
W1 W2 W3
1.9470 B 2.9208 A 1.9470-051
DANGER When checking the opening pressure: Risk of accident! Keep your hands off the fuel jet!
NOTE Proper function of the injection nozzlescan only be assessed from the behaviour of the exhaust gas temperatures or smoke emission behaviour. The fuel injector should only be checked in case of a significant deviation of the exhaust gas temperature from the respective cylinder value. For this purpose the nozzle tester is provided, which can also be used for checking the nozzle holes for unobstructed passage. By means of the nozzle tester the behaviour of the nozzle in operation cannot be reproduced, because the flow rates and the related pressure build-up are not comparable with the real conditions on the engine, i.e. the spray pattern alone gives no indication of the function of the nozzle. On the nozzle tester the specified opening pressure is to be adjusted after assembly of the nozzle. A drop in opening pressure after a short operating time (setting of nozzle spring and needle) is normal.
en / 31.05.2010
IB026393
1/2
Fuel Injector
A5.05. 07.08.01.02
Maintenance / Adjust M20
07
Sequence of operations: 1.
Remove carbon deposits from the nozzle with a hard brush (no wire brush).
2.
Check the nozzle hole for sharp edges, ovalization, corrosion and damage.
3.
Place the injector with the adapter (W2) in the tester (W1).
4.
Connect the injector delivery pipe (W3).
5.
Increase the pressure by means of the pump until the nozzle opens. Determine injector opening pressure and free passage of the nozzle holes.
NOTE If a high portion of fuel is leaking or if the nozzle holes are clogged and the nozzle already opens below the minimum nozzle opening pressure of 330 bar, repair or replace the injector according to (07.09.01.nn). 5.1
For adjusting the opening pressure slacken the lock nut (1) and turn the adjusting screw (2) until the correct opening pressure is adjusted (see 5.2 and 5.3). Tighten the lock nut (1).
5.2
When using a new fuel injector or a new nozzle element (8) and a new nozzle spring (4) the nozzle opening pressure is to be adjusted according to the testbed record (A1.10.).
5.3
When continuing to use the old nozzle element (8) and/or the old nozzle spring (4) the opening pressure is to be adjusted according to the testbed record value (A1.10.) minus 10%. Ptest = 500 bar - 10% = 450 bar
en / 31.05.2010
IB026393
2/2
Fuel Injector
A5.05. 07.09.01.00
Repair / Disassembly and reassembly M20
See also:
07.07.01.nn, 07.08.01.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.07.2.2267
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,50 h
07
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Tools: Torque wrench 60 - 420 Nm
W1 *
1.9454-60
* not available as figure
Auxiliary material: Molykote paste "G-Rapid" ** ** or a product of equal standard
NOTE The fuel injector valve should only be disassembled if the inspection (07.08.01.nn.) yields deficiencies (e.g. leaking, too low opening pressure, poor atomization). All parts of the injection system are produced with utmost precision in special workshops. This is the only guarantee for a proper function. For this reason, it is impossible for the operator to repair it and the necessary maintenance work should be limited to
•cleaning •inspection of opening pressure and tightness •replacement of wearing parts making use of original parts and replacement elements. In order to keep repair costs low, elements in need of repair should be got ready for shipment as complete units and clearly marked to prevent them from being mixed up.
en / 31.05.2010
IB001412
1/2
Fuel Injector
A5.05. 07.09.01.00
Repair / Disassembly and reassembly M20
07
Sequence of operations: 1.
Disassembly
1.1
Loosen nut (Fig. 1/1) and relieve pressure spring (2) by unscrewing setting spindle (3).
1.2
Loosen and screw off nozzle nut (4) by turning to the left.
1.3
Remove nozzle element (5) with needle, without damaging the lapped surfaces or coming into contact with the fingers. Take care of cylindrical pin (6).
1.4
Unscrew adjusting screw, check pressure spring and compression bolt (7) visually.
3
1
1.5
Clean all parts with gas oil.
1.6
Insert nozzle needle with gas oil into the nozzle element and check whether the nozzle needle falls onto the seat through its own weight. If the needle hangs or sticks, replace it together with the element.
1.7
Subject all parts, especially seat and contact faces, to a visual inspection. Replace defective parts.
2.
Reassembly
2.1
Wipe all contact faces dry with clean paper.
2.2
Renew O-ring seal (8).
2.3
Coat thread of the fuel injector housing and the recess of the nozzle element with Molykote paste “G-Rapid Plus”.
2.4
The reassembly of the fuel injector is carried out in reverse order to the disassembly procedure.
2.5
Tighten nozzle nut (4) with a torque of
8
2
7
6 5 4
Fig. 1
M = 250 Nm. 2.6
Adjust fuel injector in accordance with 07.08.01.nn.
en / 31.05.2010
IB001412
2/2
Fuel Injector
A5.05. 07.09.01.01
Repair / Disassembly and reassembly M20 7500 See also:
07.07.01.nn, 07.08.01.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.07.2.2267
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,50 h
07
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Tools: Torque wrench 60 - 420 Nm
W1 *
1.9454-60
* not available as figure
Auxiliary material: Molykote paste "G-Rapid" ** ** or a product of equal standard
NOTE The fuel injector valve should only be disassembled if the inspection (07.08.01.nn.) yields deficiencies (e.g. leaking, too low opening pressure, poor atomization). All parts of the injection system are produced with utmost precision in special workshops. This is the only guarantee for a proper function. For this reason, it is impossible for the operator to repair it and the necessary maintenance work should be limited to
•cleaning •inspection of opening pressure and tightness •replacement of wearing parts making use of original parts and replacement elements. In order to keep repair costs low, elements in need of repair should be got ready for shipment as complete units and clearly marked to prevent them from being mixed up.
en / 31.05.2010
IB026415
1/2
Fuel Injector
A5.05. 07.09.01.01
Repair / Disassembly and reassembly M20 7500
07
Sequence of operations: 1.
Disassembly
1.1
Loosen nut (Fig. 1/1) and relieve pressure spring (2) by unscrewing setting spindle (3).
1.2
Loosen and screw off nozzle nut (4) by turning to the left.
1.3
Remove nozzle element (5) with needle, without damaging the lapped surfaces or coming into contact with the fingers. Take care of cylindrical pin (6).
1.4
Unscrew adjusting screw, check pressure spring and compression bolt (7) visually.
1.5
Clean all parts with gas oil.
1.6
Insert nozzle needle with gas oil into the nozzle element and check whether the nozzle needle falls onto the seat through its own weight. If the needle hangs or sticks, replace it together with the element.
1.7
Subject all parts, especially seat and contact faces, to a visual inspection. Replace defective parts.
2.
Reassembly
2.1
Wipe all contact faces dry with clean paper.
2.2
Renew O-ring seal (8).
2.3
Coat thread of the fuel injector housing and the recess of the nozzle element with Molykote paste “G-Rapid Plus”.
2.4
The reassembly of the fuel injector is carried out in reverse order to the disassembly procedure.
5
Tighten nozzle nut (4) with a torque of
4
3
1
8
2
7
6
2.5
M = 250-20 Nm. 2.6
Adjust fuel injector in accordance with 07.08.01.nn.
en / 31.05.2010
IB026415
2/2
Duplex Fuel Filter
A5.05. 07.12.01.00
Maintenance / Cleaning M20
07
See also: Spare parts list:
B1.05.07.2.7667
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,50 h
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Tools: Cleaning pistol
W1
1.9100-110
Auxiliary material: Cleaning fluid “Filterclean” from Vecom * * or a product of equal standard
NOTE Operation and maintenance of the filter have to be carried out with utmost care to avoid troubles in the fuel injection system. When using heavy fuel, never let the filter cool down in a filled state! The cleaning intervals of the filter mostly depend on the engine operating conditions, the fuel quality and the grade of the fuel purifying and thus differs from system to system. After commissioning of a new system or after working on the fuel piping, the filter is be checked after 24 h and cleaned if necessary.
Sequence of operations: 1.
Change the filter over to the clean chamber. Changeover procedure (see plate on the filter cover).
2.
Cleaning
4
1 2.1
During normal operation of the engine, clean the filter when
2 X
50 % of the red mark of the differential pressure gauge (Fig. 1/ 1) becomes visible or if filter alarm is given. 2.2
Remove the cover from the chamber that has been cut out.
3 Fig. 1
en / 30.09.2010
IB001414
1/3
Duplex Fuel Filter
A5.05. 07.12.01.00
Maintenance / Cleaning M20
07
WARNING Depressurize chamber!
2.3
Open the sludge drain and let the fuel run out.
2.4
Loosen self-locking nut (Fig. 1/2) on tie rod (3) and lift out strainers (X) one by one.
2.5
Place the individual strainers into containers with cleansing agent and clean them with a soft brush.
2.6
Blow air through cleaned strainers with cleaning pistol (Fig. 2/W1) by moving up and down from the inside (clean side). Air pressure approx. 4 bar.
2.7
W1
In case of stubborn dirt (paint spots, incrustation, fibers, chips), place the strainers in a container with cleaning fluid and allow them to soak for max. 4 h in accordance with the regulation of the cleansing agent manufacturer.
NOTE The cleaning fluid may only to reach up to the lower edge of the top frame of the filter element so that no contaminated liquid can enter into the clean space from the top. 2.8
Take the filter elements out of the cleaning fluid and proceed with the cleaning in accordance with sequence of operations 2.5 and 2.6.
2.9
If necessary, repeat cleaning procedure in the sequence of operations 2.7 and 2.8.
2.10
Fig. 2
Rinse strainers in clean cleaning fluid and blow through again with air.
en / 30.09.2010
IB001414
2/3
Duplex Fuel Filter
A5.05. 07.12.01.00
Maintenance / Cleaning M20
2.11
07
Inspect the gauze of all strainers on the inside and outside for damage and replace if required
CAUTION The individual strainers are connected in parallel, and damage on only one filter element means malfunction of the entire element. 2.12
Put a strong light behind the gauze and check success of the cleaning operation. Repeat if necessary.
2.13
Telescope the strainers again (Fig. 1/X), insert them into the chamber and tighten the nut (2) slightly.
2.14
Replace the gasket (4) and fit the cover.
2.15
Fill the filter chamber and vent it (see the plate on the filter cover).
en / 30.09.2010
IB001414
3/3
Duplex Fuel Preliminary Filter
A5.05. 07.12.02.02
Maintenance / Cleaning M20/M32/M282/M332C/M452/M453C/M551/M552C/M601/M601C 750
07
See also: Spare parts list:
B1.05.07.1.7668
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 1,00 h
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Maintenance: Cleaning of the filter every
750 h
Tools: Cleaning pistol
W1
1.9100-110
Auxiliary material: Cleaner “Filterclean” of Vecom * * or a product of equal standard
Note: Operation and maintenance of the filter have to be carried out with utmost care to avoid troubles in the fuel system. The cleaning intervals of the filter mostly depend on the engine operation conditions and the fuel quality and therefore are different from unit to unit. When starting up a new plant or after doing some work on the fuel piping, check the filter after 24 hours and clean it if necessary.
Sequence of operations: 1.
Change the filter over to the clean chamber. See the procedure from the plate on the filter cover.
2.
Cleaning
2.1
Remove the cover from the chamber that has been cut out.
2.2
Open the sludge drain and let the fuel run out.
2.3
Withdraw the filter element (Fig. 1).
2.4
Rinse the chamber with gas oil.
en / 05.06.2000
IB022107
1/2
Duplex Fuel Preliminary Filter
A5.05. 07.12.02.02
Maintenance / Cleaning M20/M32/M282/M332C/M452/M453C/M551/M552C/M601/M601C 750 2.5
Put the filter element in a suitable cleansing liquid (e. g. “Filterclean” from Vecom). The cleansing liquid must only reach up to the bottom edge of the top frame of the filter element so that no contaminated liquid can enter into the clean space of the element. Soaking time as required by the supplier of the cleanser, but maximum 8 hours.
2.6
Take the filter element out of the cleansing liquid. When withdrawing the internal and unprotected straniners of an element, make sure that the gauze is not damaged. Inspect all strainers on the inside and outside, because the individual strainers are connected in parallel, and damage on only one strainer means malfunction ot the whole element.
2.7
Blow compressed air through each strainer with the pistol (Fig. 2/W1) and clean the inside and outside with a soft brush.
2.8
Flush the strainers with clean gas oil. Make sure that no contaminated gas oil can enter into the clean space from the top.
2.9
Put a strong light behind the gauze and check the cleaning operation. Repeat it if necessary.
2.10
Telescope the strainers again and fit them in the filter chamber.
2.11
Fit the cover (check the gasket and renew it if necessary).
2.12
Fill the filter chamber and vent it (see the plate on the filter cover).
en / 05.06.2000
IB022107
2/2
07
Duplex Fuel Preliminary Filter
A5.05. 07.12.02.04
Maintenance / Cleaning M20-M601C 750
07
See also: Spare parts list:
B1.05.07.1.7668
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 1,00 h
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Maintenance: Cleaning of the filter every
750 h
Auxiliary material: Cleaner “Filterclean” of Vecom * * or a product of equal standard
NOTE Operation and maintenance of the filter have to be carried out with utmost care to avoid troubles in the fuel system. The cleaning intervals of the filter mostly depend on the engine operation conditions and the fuel quality and therefore are different from unit to unit. When starting up a new plant or after doing some work on the fuel piping, check the filter after 24 hours and clean it if necessary
.
en / 16.12.2010
IB022114
1/2
Duplex Fuel Preliminary Filter
A5.05. 07.12.02.04
Maintenance / Cleaning M20-M601C 750
07
Sequence of operations: 4 1.
Cleaning
1.1
Change over to operable filter chamber.
1.2
Open the vent screw (1) of the filter chamber which has been cut off in order to vent the system.
1.3
Remove the drain plug (2) of the filter chamber which has been cut off.
3 8
5 6
1
1.4
Dismantle the housing cap (3) of the filter chamber which has been cut off.
1.5
Withdraw the screen basket (7) vertically upwards.
1.6
Remove coarse dirt by shaking the screen basket (7).
1.7
Put the screen basket (7) into a solvent. An application time of 8 hours must not be exceeded.
7
2 1.8
After taking the screen basket (7) out of the solvent carefully blow it out with compressed air from outside to inside.
1.9
Remove tenacious dirt by means of a soft brush.
1.10
Insert the screen basket (7) into the filter chamber.
1.11
Check the O-ring (8) and replace it if necessary. Mount the housing cap (3).
1.12
Insert and tighten the drain plug (2).
1.13
To vent the filter chamber carefully set the operating lever (4) in such a way that the nose (5) of the plug points towards the nearest screw of the plate (6).
1.14
When the fuel emerges without bubbles at the vent screw (1), close this screw.
1.15
Reset the operating lever (4).
en / 16.12.2010
IB022114
2/2
Fuel Feed Pump
A5.05. 07.13.01.00
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20 15000
07
See also: Spare parts list:
B1.05.07.2.6480
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,50 h
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Maintenance: The fuel feed pump is to be disassembled every 15,000 hours of operation and the drive checked for wear.
Tools: Torque wrench 40 - 180 Nm 1/2"
W1 *
* not available as figure
3
1.9454-40 W
Auxiliary material:
2
Molykote paste “G-Rapid Plus” * Silicone sealing compound “Dirco Gray” *
1
* or a product of equal standard
NOTE If the fuel feed pump cannot be used due to natural wear and tear, it should be replaced. The installation of spare parts cannot reproduce the original performance according to the manufacturers.
Z
Fig. 1
Sequence of operations: 1.
Disassembly
1.1
Close stop valves.
1.2
Discharge fuel from lines.
1.3
Disconnect lines at the pump.
1.4
Loosen fastening screws and pull fuel feed pump (Fig. 1/1) with coupling half out of the drive housing (2).
1.5
Remove drive housing (2) from pump carrier plate and pull out of the cylinder block and crankcase with toothed wheel (3).
5
1.6
4
3 W
Loosen hexagon screw (4) and pull toothed wheel off (3) the drive shaft (5) with removal tool (W).
en / 31.05.2010
IB022122
1/3
Fuel Feed Pump
A5.05. 07.13.01.00
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20 15000 1.7
Check tooth profiles for wear (pittings, crooked running, breakage).
1.8
Remove circlip (Fig. 2/13) and pull drive shaft (5) with deep groove ball bearings (14 and 15) to the toothed wheel side out of the drive housing (2).
1.9
Pull coupling half (11) off the drive shaft (5). Take care of parallel key (12).
1.10
Check deep groove ball bearings (14 and 15) for wear and replace if required. Remove circlips (16 and 17) in order to pull off the deep groove ball bearings
2.
Reassembly
2.1
Heat up coupling half (11) to 160 °C and shrinkwrap on the shaft journal of the drive shaft (5). Take care of parallel key (12).
07 18
2 12 x
13
14
16
5
15 17
11
Fig. 2 2.2
Slide drive shaft (5) with deep groove ball bearings (14 and 15) and coupling half (11) into the drive housing (2). Measure dimension “x” from the drive housing flange face to the clutch.
y
NOTE The axial layer of the shaft is fixed by circlips (13 and 18) in the drive housing (2). 2.3
Mount coupling half (21) on the fuel feed pump shaft with dimension
21
“y” = x - 1.0 mm (Fig. 1/Z).
22 Z
Take care of parallel key (22). 2.4
Inspect contact reflection between toothed wheel cone and drive shaft cone by spot-grinding. A uniformly distributed contact reflection must be offset to the thicker end.
en / 31.05.2010
IB022122
2/3
Fuel Feed Pump
A5.05. 07.13.01.00
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20 15000 2.5
Heat up toothed wheel (Fig. 1/3) to approx. 150 °C and fit onto the corresponding drive shaft cone up to stop (conical surfaces of the cones free from grease and dry) and immediately lubricate thread and contact surface of the hexagon screw (4) and washer with Molykote paste “G-Rapid Plus” and tighten with a torque of M = 60 Nm. Insert drive housing (2) into cylinder block and crankcase carefully with toothed wheel (3) (tooth profiles of the drive toothed wheels must mesh with each other) and mount at the pump carrier plate with sealing compound (backlash = 0.24 mm - 0.5 mm).
2.6
Mount fuel feed pump (1) and connect fuel lines.
2.7
Check lube oil supply of the toothed wheels.
2.8
Open stop valves and vent lines.
2.9
Check tightness.
en / 31.05.2010
IB022122
3/3
07
Fuel Distributor Line/Manifold Line
A5.05. 07.15.01.00
Repair / Disassembly and reassembly M20
07
See also: Spare parts list:
B1.05.07.2.8510
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,50 h
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Tools: Torque wrench 20 - 90 Nm * not available as figure
W1 *
1.9454-20
Auxiliary material: Molykote paste “G-Rapid Plus” ** ** or a product of equal standard
Sequence of operations: 1.
Disassembly
1.1
Drain fuel distributor line and manifold line (drain spigot at anti-drive end above fuel double filter).
1.2
Disassemble covering.
1.3
Loosen screws (Fig. 1/1 and 2).
1.4
Remove distributor housing (3) with equalizer (4).
1.5
Pull equalizer (4) out of distributor housing (3). 2
4
2
1
3
2
Z
2
2
Fig. 1
en / 21.07.93
IB002028
1/2
Fuel Distributor Line/Manifold Line
A5.05. 07.15.01.00
Repair / Disassembly and reassembly M20
2.
Reassembly
2.1
Clean faces at distributor housing (3).
2.2
Insert new O-rings (5).
2.3
Check bore (6) in equalizer for passage.
2.4
Insert and reassemble equalizer (4) in distributor housing (3).
2.5
Insert screws (1) with Molykote paste “GRapid Plus” and tighten them with a
6
07
5
1
3
Torque = 50 Nm. 2.6
Insert screws (2) with Molykote paste “GRapid Plus” and tighten them with a Torque = 34 Nm.
2.7
Replace covering.
Z
en / 21.07.93
IB002028
2/2
Fuel / Fuel collector rail
A5.05. 07.15.01.01
Repair / Disassembly and reassembly M20
See also:
A5.05.07.02.01.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.07.2.8510
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 1,00 h
07
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Helpful resource: Green soft soap** ** or a similar quality product
Sequence of work: 1.
Disassembly
1.1
Empty fuel and fuel collector rail (2) (Drainage tap on anti-drive end over fuel double filter).
1.2
Dismantle covering.
1.3
Only detach retaining ring (1) on one side.
1.4
Push fuel pipes (2) into the fuel pump (5) until they stop.
1.5
Fuel pump (3) detach (07.02.01.nn).
1.6
Pull fuel pipes (2) out of the pump (5).
3
2
5
1
4
en / 30.09.2010
IB003978
1/2
Fuel / Fuel collector rail
A5.05. 07.15.01.01
Repair / Disassembly and reassembly M20
07
2.
Assembly
2.1
Insert new O-rings (4) with green soft soap in both injection pumps.
2.2
Push fuel pipe ends into the fuel pump without retaining rings until they stop.
2.3
Assemble fuel pump (3).
2.4
Push fuel pipes (2) into fuel pump (3) until they stop.
2.5
Assemble retaining rings (1).
en / 30.09.2010
IB003978
2/2
Lubricating Oil System
A5.05. 08.02.01.00
Maintenance / Oil change M20
See also:
A4.05.08.nn, A5.05.08.04.01.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.08.2.64n0, B1.05.08.2.7810
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 2,00 h
08
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE The strainer on the suction side of the lubricating oil pumps must be checked and cleaned, if necessary, 24 to 48 hours of operation after the start- up of a new installation or working on the suction side of the lubricating oil piping system. The oil change interval depends on the following:
•Lubricating oil quality •Engine operating conditions •Lubricating oil consumption •Lubricating oil filtering and centrifugal purifying •Quantity of lubricating oil in the system The oil change interval can be extended if allowed by the results of the oil analysis. For permissible analysis values (see A4.05.08.nn, Regulations and Care, Engine Lubricating Oil).
Sequence of operations: 1.
Drain the engine circulation system and lubricating oil circulation tank.
2.
Clean the tank and crankcase if necessary.
3.
If necessary, remove oil pressure control valve (Fig. 1/1), check pressure spring and valve seat. Lift off pressure = 4.0 bar
4.
Inspect strainer (2) at the suction side of the lubricating oil pumps and clean if necessary.
5.
Clean lubricating oil duplex filter and lubricating oil automatic filter.
6.
Remove and clean lubricating oil cooler (see manufacturer's documentation Book C).
7.
1
2
Refill new lubricating oil up to the respective mark on the sump tank (lubricating oil quality, see Fig. 1
en / 31.05.2010
IB001483
1/2
Lubricating Oil System
A5.05. 08.02.01.00
Maintenance / Oil change M20
08
A4.05.08.nn). 8.
Refill lubricating oil system and start the stand-by pump.
en / 31.05.2010
IB001483
2/2
Lube Oil Pump
A5.05. 08.03.01.00
Inspection / Checking M20 15000 See also:
08.03.02.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.08.1.6417
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,50 h
08
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Control: Check safety valve for function every 15,000 hours of operation.
Sequence of operations: 1.
Screw off valve cover (Fig. 1/1) and mark set position of the valve spindle (2).
WARNING Observe spring tension
6 2.
3.
Unscrew valve spindle (2) and take valve cone (3) with valve spring (4) and spring seat (5) out of the housing (6).
3
Check sealing faces of the valve cone and if necessary grind them in. Clean sealing faces carefully.
4
4.
Fit the valve in reverse order and set to the marked position.
5.
Start up lubricating oil pump and vent system. Check pump suction line, the pump body and the shaft sealing for tightness.
5 1 2 Fig. 1
en / 31.05.2010
IB022195
1/1
Lube Oil Pump
A5.05. 08.03.02.00
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20
See also:
08.03.01.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.08.1.6417
Time requirement:
0 Pers./ 0,00 h
08
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Auxiliary material: Molykote paste “G-Rapid Plus” * Silicon sealing compound “Dirco Gray” * * or a product of equal standard
NOTE Remove the lube oil pump from the engine if required. Check the gear wheels, wheel shafts and bearings for wear and renew them if necessary.
Sequence of operations: 1.
Disassembly
1.1
Empty the lube oil system.
1.2
Disconnect the suction pipe and delivery pipe.
1.3
Loosen the pump flange from the pump carrier plate and pull the lube oil pump (Fig. 1/1) with gear wheel (2) from the cylinder block and crankcase.
1.4
Loosen the hexagon screw (3) free and remove the gear wheel (2) from the driving wheel shaft (4) with an extracting device.
1.5
1
3
4
2 Fig. 1
12
Loosen the hexagon screws (Fig. 2/11) and disassemble the end cover (12) with the pressure control valve from the housing (13).
11
13
14 15
16
NOTE The end cover is fixed with two taper pins. 1.6
4
Remove the driving wheel shaft (4) and impeller axle (14) from the housing (13).
en / 31.05.2010
Fig. 2 IB001444
1/2
Lube Oil Pump
A5.05. 08.03.02.00
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20
08
1.7
Check the tooth surfaces for wear (pitting, cross bearing, disintegrations).
1.8
Check the bearing bushes (Fig. 2/15 and 16), driving wheel shaft ends and impeller axle ends for wear and renew them if required with original MaK spare parts.
NOTE Undercool new bushes before the installation.
2.
Reassembly
2.1
Mount the lube oil pump in reverse order.
2.2
Check the contact reflection between gear wheel cone and drive shaft cone by spot-grinding. The uniformly distributed contact reflection must be offset to the thicker end.
2.3
Heat up the gear wheel (Fig. 1/2) to approx. 150 °C in the oil bath and shrink it on the driving wheel shaft (4) (The conical surfaces are free from grease and dry).
2.4
Grease the thread and contact surface of the hexagon screw (3) and the washer with the Molykote paste “G-Rapid Plus” and tighten it with a torque of M = 60 Nm.
2.5
Insert the lube oil pump (1) with gear wheel carefully in cylinder block and crankcase (2) (the tooth surfaces of the driving gear wheels must mesh into each other) and mount it at the pump carrier plate with sealing compound.
2.6
Connect the suction pipe and delivery pipe with new gaskets.
2.7
Check the lube oil supply of the gear wheels.
2.8
Start up the lube oil pump (1) and vent the system. Check for tightness.
en / 31.05.2010
IB001444
2/2
Lubricating Oil Duplex Filter
A5.05. 08.04.01.00
Maintenance / Cleaning M20
08
See also: Spare parts list:
B1.05.08.2.7657
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,50 h
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Tools: Cleaning pistol Cartridge drift
W1 W2
1.9100-110 1.9100-120
Auxiliary material: Cleansing liquid “Filterclean” from Vecom * * or a product of equal standard
NOTE Operation and servicing of the filter have to be carried out with utmost care. The ingress of dirt from the tanks and piping could cause serious engine damage. The cleaning interval of the filter depends on part load operation with heavy fuel, poor combustion, poor centrifugal purifying or a defective automatic backflushing filter. When starting up a new plant, after major repairs or work on the lubricating oil piping, check the filter after 24 to 48 hours and clean it if necessary. Disassemble the filter candles on every third cleaning (sequence of operations 2.3). Ultrasonic cleaning of the filter candles is not permitted. An excessive cleaning period or improper suspension on cleaning might cause damage on the gauze that cannot be detected with the naked eye.
Sequence of operations: 1.
Change the filter over (see the plate on the filter cover).
2.
Cleaning
2.1
Clean the filter when it is still warm from operation and 50 % of the red mark of the differential pressure gauge (Fig. 1/ 1) becomes visible or if filter alarm is given.
en / 31.05.2010
IB001418
1/4
Lubricating Oil Duplex Filter
A5.05. 08.04.01.00
Maintenance / Cleaning M20
2.2
08
Filter cleaning with mounted filter candles.
WARNING Depressurize the filter chamber! 2.2.1
Remove the cover from the filter chamber that has been cut out. Open the sludge drain and drain the contaminated liquid.
2.2.2
Remove the filter element.
2.2.3
Connect the cleaning pistol (Fig. 2/W1) to the compressed air supply and impinge the working pressure (6 -max. 10 bar).
2.2.4
Shift the spouting guard (13) to the stop at the pistol nozzle, put it into the cartridge opening and hold it tight. Pull the trigger of the cleaning pistol and introduce the nozzle gradually down to the bottom of each filter candles (14).
2.2.5
Fit the cover. Renew the gasket if necessary.
2.2.6
Fill the filter chamber and vent it (see the plate on the filter cover).
2.3
Filter cleaning with removed filter candles (every third cleaning).
2.3.1
Empty the filter chamber by opening the sludge drain.
2.3.2
Remove the filter element.
2.3.3
Flush the filter chamber with gas oil.
en / 31.05.2010
IB001418
2/4
Lubricating Oil Duplex Filter
A5.05. 08.04.01.00
Maintenance / Cleaning M20
2.3.4
Put the filter element in a suitable cleansing liquid. The cleansing liquid must only reach up to the bottom edge of the element plate (Fig. 3/2) so that no contaminated liquid can enter into the filter candles (14) from the top. The top area of the gauze must be visible in the filter candles. Soaking time as required by the suppliers of the cleanser, but maximum 4 hours.
2.3.5
Take the filter element out of cleansing liquid and blow through filter candles (14) with compressed air (Fig. 2/W1) (sequence of operations 2.2.4). Air pressure max. 10 bar.
2.3.6
Put the filter element again in clean cleansing liquid, allow to drip dry and blow through with compressed air (W1). Turn filter element upside down, so that the cleansing liquid can drain off.
2.3.7
Check the filter candles occasionally for damage (sequence of operations 2.4).
2.3.8
Put the filter element in the chamber, fit the cover and renew the gasket if necessary.
2.3.9
Fill the filter chamber and vent it (see the plate on the filter cover).
2.4
Cleaning the filter candles in the case of heavy soiling.
NOTE In the case of heavy soiling of the filter element (paint spots, incrustation, tar deposits, fibers, chips), remove filter candles and clean them individually. 2.4.1
Soak the filter element in cleansing liquid (max. 4 hours).
2.4.2
Disconnect the base plate and carefully remove the protective shell from the filter element.
2.4.3
Remove the filter candles (14) with the drift (Fig. 3/W2) downwards and tilt them out. Remove the O-ring (25) between the filter candles and the element plate (2), because O-rings must not have contact with the cleansing liquid.
2.4.4
Inspect the filter candles and renew them in the case of damage and/or heavy folding of the gauze.
CAUTION The damage on only one filter candles means malfunction of the whole element. Do not put the removed filter candles one upon another; this might damage the gauze. 2.4.5
Connect the cleaning pistol (Fig. 2/W1) to the compressed air supply. Air pressure max. 10 bar.
en / 31.05.2010
IB001418
3/4
08
Lubricating Oil Duplex Filter
A5.05. 08.04.01.00
Maintenance / Cleaning M20
08 2.4.6
Introduce the pistol into the cartridge, pull the trigger and move down to the bottom of each filter candles.
2.4.7
Remove sticking dirt with a soft brush.
NOTE If possible, clean the filter elements from the ouside with a high-pressure cleaner. Working pressure of the high-pressure cleaner max. 60 bar. Cleansing agent: Warm water or water with cleansing liquid.
CAUTION When cleaning with the high-pressure cleaner, be careful not to hold the nozzle too close to the gauze in order to avoid damage and/or displacement of the gauze wires. 2.4.8
Rinse the filter candles in clean cleansing liquid, blow through with air and allow them to dry with the opening facing downwards.
2.4.9
Put a strong light behind the gauze and check the cleaning operation. Repeat it if necessary.
2.4.10
Fit the filter candles in reverse order as described under 2.4.3. The O-ring between element plate and filter candles must be free from cracks and deformation.
3.
Check the gasket between element plate and filter housing and renew it if necessary.
4.
Fit the element in the filter chamber.
5.
Fit the cover (renew the gasket).
6.
Fill the filter chamber and vent it (see the plate on the filter cover).
en / 31.05.2010
IB001418
4/4
Oil pressure control valve
A5.05. 08.05.01.00
Maintenance / Adjust M20 15000 See also:
08.03.02.nn
Spare parts list:
B1.05.08.2.6417
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 1,00 h
08
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Maintenance: Disassembly and adjustment of the oil pressure control valve
every
15,000 h
NOTE Disassembly of the pressure control valve during the repair interval is only necessary if the necessary lubricating oil pressure can no longer be set by adjusting the initial tension of the spring. The lubricating oil pressure (see A1.05, engine data) is only allowed to be adjusted at the nominal engine speed (A1.10) and at the specified lubricating oil temperature (see A1.06).
Sequence of operations: 1.
Disassembly
WARNING Pay attention to the tension of the pressure spring (Fig. 1/3) on the control valve (1)!
1.1
Loosen the cheese head screws (8) evenly to relieve the pressure spring (3).
1.2
Remove and dismantle the control valve (1).
WARNING Pay attention to the tension of the pressure spring (13) on the screwed connection (17)! 1.2.1
Remove protective cap (30).
1.2.2
Loosen the hexagon nut (18) and completely unscrew the spindle (19) by turning it counterclockwise and remove it together with the ball (16).
1.2.3
Loosen the screw connection (17) and remove it together with the sealing ring (14) and bush (10).
1.2.4
Remove the locking ring (9) and take out the piston (11) with washer (15) and pressure spring (13).
en / 31.05.2010
IB024704
1/3
Oil pressure control valve
A5.05. 08.05.01.00
Maintenance / Adjust M20 15000 1.2.5
Remove the screw plug (26) of the pilot control unit (A-A) with the sealing ring (25), pressure spring (28) and ball (29).
1.3
Clean all parts with gas oil and check them.
1.4
Check the free passage of the control oil bore (12) in the pressure control valve and in the set screw (5) and remove any deposits.
1.5
Check the valve seats, balls, piston seating as well as the slide faces and grind them if necessary.
en / 31.05.2010
IB024704
08
2/3
Oil pressure control valve
A5.05. 08.05.01.00
Maintenance / Adjust M20 15000
08
2.
Reassembly
2.1
Check the O-ring (7) and sealing ring (14) and replace them if necessary.
2.2
Assembly is effected in the reverse sequence of disassembly. Pay attention to the free movement of the pistons (4 and 11)!
2.3
Check the lubricating oil pressure at the pressure gauge on the control panel and adjust it if necessary.
3.
Adjustment
3.1
Pressure to be set (see engine data A1.05).
3.2
Loosen the hexagon nut (18).
3.3
Regulate the pressure by turning the spindle (19). Counter-clockwise:Oil pressure drops Clockwise:Oil pressure increases
3.4
Secure the setting with the hexagon nut (18).
en / 31.05.2010
IB024704
3/3
Oil pressure control valve
A5.05. 08.05.01.01
Maintenance / Adjust M20/M25/M32/M43 15000
08
See also: Spare parts list:
B1.05.08.n.7810
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 1,00 h
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Maintenance: Disassembly and adjustment of the oil pressure control valve
every
15,000 h
NOTE Disassembly of the pressure control valve during the repair interval is only necessary if the necessary lubricating oil pressure can no longer be set by adjusting the initial tension of the spring. The lubricating oil pressure is only allowed to be adjusted at the nominal engine speed and at the specified lubricating oil temperature, see engine documentation, chapter "Technical Engine Data".
Sequence of operations: 1.
Disassembly
CAUTION Pay attention to the tension of the pressure spring (Fig. 1/3) on the control valve (1)!
1.1
Loosen the cheese head screws (8) evenly to relieve the pressure spring (3).
1.2
Remove and dismantle the control valve (1).
CAUTION Pay attention to the tension of the pressure spring (13) on the screwed connection (17)! 1.2.1
Loosen the hexagon nut (18) and completely unscrew the spindle (19) by turning it counterclockwise and remove it together with the ball (16).
en / 26.11.2010
IB022593
1/3
Oil pressure control valve
A5.05. 08.05.01.01
Maintenance / Adjust M20/M25/M32/M43 15000 1.2.2
Loosen the screw connection (17) and remove it together with the sealing ring (14) and bush (10).
1.2.3
Remove the locking ring (9) and take out the piston (11) with washer (15) and pressure spring (13).
1.2.4
Remove the screw plug (26) of the pilot control unit (A-A) with the sealing ring (25), washers (27), pressure spring (28) and ball (29).
en / 26.11.2010
IB022593
2/3
08
Oil pressure control valve
A5.05. 08.05.01.01
Maintenance / Adjust M20/M25/M32/M43 15000
08
1.3
Clean all parts with gas oil and check them.
1.4
Check the free passage of the control oil bore (12) in the pressure control valve and in the set screw (5) and remove any deposits.
1.5
Check the valve seats, balls, piston seating as well as the slide faces and grind them if necessary.
2.
Reassembly
2.1
Check the O-rings (2 and 7) and sealing ring (14) and replace them if necessary.
2.2
Assembly is effected in the reverse sequence of disassembly. Pay attention to the free movement of the pistons (4 and 11)!
2.3
Check the lubricating oil pressure at the pressure gauge on the control panel and adjust it if necessary.
3.
Adjustment
3.1
Pressure to be set, see engine documentation, chapter "Technical Engine Data".
3.2
Loosen the hexagon nut (18). Regulate the pressure by turning the spindle (19). Counter-clockwise: Clockwise:
3.3
Oil pressure drops Oil pressure increases
Secure the setting with the hexagon nut (18).
en / 26.11.2010
IB022593
3/3
Prelubricating pump/Prelubrication
A5.05. 08.10.00.00
Maintenance / Checking M20/M25/M32/M43/M453C/M552C/M601C 150 See also:
08
C5.05.08.10.00.nn
Spare parts list: Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,20 h
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Maintenance: Prelubrication and turning
approximately every
150 h
NOTE When multi-engine systems run on rigid bearings, the bearings might be damaged by vibration when individual engines are shut down for more than 3 days. Prelubrication alone is no guarantee that damage caused by vibration is prevented, since the components which run on sliding bearings, are not able to float in the bearing because of the prelubricating pressure. No or only a little quantity of oil is carried to the endangered contact surfaces. Damage caused by vibration during engine shut-down can only be avoided when the engine is lubricated and turned simultaneously. The following method is to be applied to avoid damage caused by engine shut-down, without affecting the unattended operation of the system:
Sequence of operations: 1.
Carry out steps 1.1 and 1.2 simultaneously for approx. 5 min.
1.1
Start the stand-by pump
1.2
Turn the engine by means of the barring gear.
en / 26.11.2010
IB004168
1/1
Centrifugal Cooling Water Pump
A5.05. 09.07.01.00
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20 15000
09
See also: Spare parts list:
B1.05.09.2.6437
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 1,00 h
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Maintenance: The centrifugal cooling water pump is to be removed and checked for wear every 15,000 hours of operation.
Auxiliary material: Molykote paste “G-Rapid Plus” * Silicon sealing compound “Dirco-Gray” * * or a product of equal standard
Sequence of operations: 1.
Disassembly
1.1
Empty the cooling water system in the cooling water reservoir.
1.2
Remove pipes from the cooling water pump.
1.3
Disconnect pump flange from the pump carrier plate and remove the cooling water pump (Fig. 1/1) with gear wheel (2) from the cylinder block and crankcase.
1.4
Loosen the hexagon screw (3) with the washer (4) and remove the gear wheel (2) from the shaft (5) with an extracting device (X).
1.5
Check the tooth surfaces for wear (pitting, cross bearing, disintegrations).
1.6
Loosen the hexagon nuts (Fig. 2/11) and take the housing cover (12) with the impeller (13) out of the spiral housing (14).
1.7
Loosen the impeller nuts (15). Remove the impeller (13) with an extracting device from the shaft (5). Observe the parallel key (16).
1.8
Remove the mechanical seal (17).
en / 31.05.2010
IB022205
1/3
Centrifugal Cooling Water Pump
A5.05. 09.07.01.00
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20 15000 1.9
Loosen the hexagon screws (Fig. 2/18) and remove the housing cover (12) from the bearing carrier (19).
1.10
Loosen flat head screw (28).
1.11
Remove cover (26) with sealing ring (27).
1.12
Remove “Nilos“ lock ring (20).
1.13
Force shaft (5) and grooved ball bearing (22) out of bearing flange (19) with a suitable tool..
2.
Inspection
2.1
Inspect the impeller (13) visually and renew it in the case of heavy cavitation.
2.2
Check the ball bearings for freedom of movement, wear, corrosion, ball disintegrations and renew them if necessary.
2.3
Check the pressure compensating hole (24) and leaking liquid discharge (25) for free passage.
3.
Reassembly
3.1
The reassembly is made in reverse order observing the following:
3.2
Renew all gaskets of the housings and mechanical seal (17).
3.3
Before mounting the impeller (13), check contact reflection between impeller cone and shaft cone by spot-grinding. (Min. 60 % of profile bearing length distributed uniformly over the cone.)
11 18 24
19
28
17 16
15
5 27
22
13
22
26
20 25 14
12 Fig. 2
en / 31.05.2010
IB022205
2/3
09
Centrifugal Cooling Water Pump
A5.05. 09.07.01.00
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20 15000 3.4
Before mounting the gear wheel (2) (Fig. 1/X), check contact reflection between gear wheel cone and shaft cone by spot-grinding. A uniformly distributed contact reflection must be offset to the thicker end.
3.5
Heat up the gear wheel (2) to approx. 150 °C and push it up to the stop on the shaft cone.
3.6
Grease the thread and contact surface of the hexagon screw (3) and the washer (4) with Molykote paste “G-Rapid Plus” and tighten it with a torque of M = 60 Nm.
3.7
Insert the cooling water pump (1) with the gear wheel (2) carefully into the cylinder block and crankcase (the tooth surfaces of the driving toothed wheels must mesh into each other) and mount it at the pump carrier plate with sealing compound (Backlash = 0.2 mm - 0.5 mm).
3.8
Mount the pipes and refill and vent the cooling water system.
3.9
Check the tightness.
3.10
Check the lube oil supply of the gear wheels.
en / 31.05.2010
IB022205
3/3
09
Centrifugal Cooling Water Pump
A5.05. 09.07.01.01
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20 15000 See also:
-
Spare parts list:
B1.05.09.2.6437
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 1,00 h
09
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Maintenance: The centrifugal cooling water pump is to be removed and checked for wear every 15,000 hours of operation.
Auxiliary material: Molykote paste “G-Rapid Plus” * Silicon sealing compound “Dirco-Gray” * * or a product of equal standard
Sequence of operations: 1.
Disassembly
1.1
Empty the cooling water system in the cooling water reservoir.
1.2
Remove pipes from the cooling water pump.
1.3
Disconnect pump flange from the pump carrier plate and remove the cooling water pump (Fig. 1/1) with gear wheel (2) from the cylinder block and crankcase.
1.4
Loosen the hexagon screw (3) with the washer (4) and remove the gear wheel (2) from the shaft (5) with an extracting device (X).
1.5
Check the tooth surfaces for wear (pitting, cross bearing, disintegrations).
1.6
Loosen the hexagon nuts (Fig. 2/11) and take the housing cover (12) with the impeller (13) out of the spiral housing (14).
1.7
Loosen the impeller nuts (15). Remove the impeller (13) with an extracting device from the shaft (5). Observe the parallel key (16).
1.8
Remove the mechanical seal (17).
en / 31.05.2010
IB022224
1/3
Centrifugal Cooling Water Pump
A5.05. 09.07.01.01
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20 15000 1.9
Loosen the hexagon screws (Fig. 2/18) and remove the housing cover (12) from the bearing carrier (19).
1.10
Loosen flat head screw (28).
1.11
Remove cover (26) with sealing ring (27).
1.12
Remove circlip (21) and “Nilos“ lock ring (20).
1.13
Force the shaft (5) with grooved ball bearing (22 and 23) out in (X)-direction.
CAUTION Force the shaft out in X-direction only so far that the grooved ball bearing can be removed with a suitable tool, so that the bearing (22) is not demaged on the recess (Z) 1.14
Remove the grooved ball bearing (23)
1.15
Force the shaft with grooved ball bearing (22) out in (Y)-direction and take out of bearing support (19).
1.16
Pull the grooved ball bearing (22) off the shaft.
2.
Inspection
2.1
Inspect the impeller (13) visually and renew it in the case of heavy cavitation.
2.2
Check the ball bearings for freedom of movement, wear, corrosion, ball disintegrations and renew them if necessary.
2.3
Check the pressure compensating hole (24) and leaking liquid discharge (25) for free passage.
3.
Reassembly
3.1
The reassembly is made in reverse order observing the following:
3.2
Renew all gaskets of the housings and mechanical seal (17).
3.3
Before mounting the impeller (13), check contact reflection between impeller cone and shaft cone by spot-grinding. (Min. 60 % of profile bearing length distributed uniformly over the cone).
en / 31.05.2010
IB022224
2/3
09
Centrifugal Cooling Water Pump
A5.05. 09.07.01.01
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20 15000
09
.
11 18
19
24
28
17 16
15 Y
X Z 5 27
22
13 21
20
26
22
25 14
12 Fig. 2
3.4
Before mounting the gear wheel (2) (Fig. 1/X), check contact reflection between gear wheel cone and shaft cone by spot-grinding. A uniformly distributed contact reflection must be offset to the thicker end.
3.5
Heat up the gear wheel (2) to approx. 150 °C and push it up to the stop on the shaft cone.
3.6
Grease the thread and contact surface of the hexagon screw (3) and the washer (4) with Molykote paste “G-Rapid Plus” and tighten it with a torque of M = 60 Nm.
3.7
Insert the cooling water pump (1) with the gear wheel (2) carefully into the cylinder block and crankcase (the tooth surfaces of the driving toothed wheels must mesh into each other) and mount it at the pump carrier plate with sealing compound (Backlash = 0.2 mm - 0.5 mm).
3.8
Mount the pipes and refill and vent the cooling water system.
3.9
Check the tightness.
3.10
Check the lube oil supply of the gear wheels.
en / 31.05.2010
IB022224
3/3
Centrifugal Cooling Water Pump
A5.05. 09.07.01.04
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20 15000 See also:
-
Spare parts list:
B1.05.09.2.6437
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 1,00 h
09
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Maintenance: The centrifugal cooling water pump is to be removed and checked for wear every 15,000 hours of operation.
Auxiliary material: Molykote paste “G-Rapid Plus” * Silicon sealing compound “Dirco-Gray” * * or a product of equal standard
Sequence of operations: 1.
Disassembly
1.1
Empty the cooling water system in the cooling water reservoir.
1.2
Remove pipes from the cooling water pump.
1.3
Disconnect pump flange from the pump carrier plate and remove the cooling water pump (Fig. 1/1) with gear wheel (2) from the cylinder block and crankcase.
1.4
Loosen the hexagon screw (3) with the washer (4) and remove the gear wheel (2) from the shaft (5) with an extracting device (X).
1.5
Check the tooth surfaces for wear (pitting, cross bearing, disintegrations).
en / 30.09.2010
IB024271
1/5
Centrifugal Cooling Water Pump
A5.05. 09.07.01.04
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20 15000 1.6
Mark the position of the volute (Fig. 2/11) with respect to the housing cover (12) and bearing carrier (13).
1.7
Loosen hexagon nut (14) and remove volute (11).
1.8
Loosen impeller nut (32) and impeller nut (15), remove shim (16).
1.9
Remove impeller (18) by means of an extractor.
1.10
Remove the mechanical seal (19) from the shaft (20).
1.11
Loosen hexagon screws (21) and remove the housing cover (12).
1.12
Press counter-ring (22) of the mechanical seal (18) out of the housing cover (12).
en / 30.09.2010
IB024271
09
2/5
Centrifugal Cooling Water Pump
A5.05. 09.07.01.04
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20 15000 1.13
Loosen screws (Fig. 2/23) and remove cover (24).
1.14
Remove slinger ring(25) from the shaft by means of an extractor.
09
CAUTION Drive screw M12x45 into the shaft (20) and put the extractor on it.
1.15
Clamp bearing carrier (13) in a bench vice and heat inner ring of the ball bearing (26) up.
1.16
Drive shaft (20) out by means of a soft head hammer.
1.17
Remove ball bearing (26) from bearing carrier (13).
1.18
Heat slinger ring (27) and remove it.
1.19
Heat inner ring of the ball bearing (28) and remove the ball bearing.
2.
Check
2.1
Check impeller (18) visually and exchange it in case of heavy cavitation.
2.2
Check leak liquid drains (29) for free passage.
3.
Reassembly
3.1
Clean bearing seats on the shaft (20).
3.2
Heat new ball bearing (28) up to 80°C and mount it at the impeller end. The inner ring of the ball bearing must fit closely to the shaft recess.
3.3
Feed shaft (20) with ball bearing (28) into the bearing carrier (13).
3.4
Clamp shaft (20) at the mechanical seal seat in the bench vice.
CAUTION Use soft jaws in order not to endanger the shaft.
3.5
Heat new ball bearing (26) up to 80°C and mount it at the driving end. The inner ring of the ball bearing must fit closely to the shaft recess.
3.6
Insert shaft (Fig. 2/20) in the bearing carrier (13).
3.7
Mount carrier cover (24) with screws (23), lock screws with Loctite.
3.8
Heat new slinger ring (25) up to 150°C and mount it on the shaft (20) at the driving end. The slinger ring must closely fit to the ball bearing.
en / 30.09.2010
IB024271
3/5
Centrifugal Cooling Water Pump
A5.05. 09.07.01.04
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20 15000 3.9
Heat new slinger ring (Fig. 2/27) up to 150°C and mount it on the shaft (20) at the impeller end. The slinger ring must fit closely to the ball bearing.
3.10
Insert new split ring (30) in the housing cover (12).
3.11
Insert counter-ring (22) of the mechanical seal in the housing cover (12).
3.12
Mount housing cover (12) on the bearing carrier in the correct position.
3.13
Before mounting the impeller (18) check the bearing pattern between impeller cone and shaft cone by spot-grinding. (Bearing portion of at least 60 % uniformly distributed on the cone).
3.14
Mount mechanical seal (19).
3.15
Hest impeller(18) up (max. 200 °C) and slide it on the shaft.
3.16
Reference dimension (Z) d = 1.8 ± 0,1 mm
3.17
Mount the shim (16) , recess shows into the direction of the impeller.
3.18
Mount the nut (15) nd tighten it with M = 90 Nm
3.19
Lock the nut (16) with the 2nd nut (32) and secure the nuts with loctite.
CAUTION Lock impeller nuts with Loctite
3.20
Insert new split ring (33) in the volute (11).
3.21
Put flat gasket (31) into the volute (11).
3.22
Mount volute (11) on the housing cover (12) in the correct position.
3.23
Before mounting the flywheel (2) (fig. 1/x) check bearing pattern between gear wheel cone and shaft cone by spot-grinding. A uniformly distributed bearing pattern must be shifted to the thicker end.
en / 30.09.2010
IB024271
4/5
09
Centrifugal Cooling Water Pump
A5.05. 09.07.01.04
Maintenance / Disassembly and reassembly M20 15000 3.24
Heat gear wheel (2) up to 150°C and place it on the shaft cone up to the limit stop. (Cone surface grease-free and dry).
3.25
Coat thread and contact surface of the hexagon screw (3) and washer (4) with Molykote paste "G-Rapid Plus" and tighten with a torque of
3.26
M = 60 Nm Insert cooling water pump (Fig. 1/1) with gear wheel (2) carefully into the engine block (gear flanks of the driving gear wheels must be meshing, backlash must be palpable) and mount it at the pump carrier plate with sealing compound.
3.27
Mount the pipes and refill and vent the cooling water system.
3.28
Check the tightness.
3.29
Check the lube oil supply of the gear wheels.
en / 30.09.2010
IB024271
5/5
09
Pressure Switches
A5.05. 11.01.02.01
Inspection / Adjust M20-M601C 3750
11
See also: Spare parts list:
B1.05.11.nn.4843
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 1,00 h
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Tools: Adjusting device, electro test instrument
Inspection: Inspect the pressure switch for the set operating values every 3,750 working hours.
NOTE The following test and adjustment instruction is valid for the following types:
• Pressure range • Pressure range • Pressure range • Pressure range • Pressure range
0.2 - 2.5 bar, 0 - 6 bar, 1 - 16 bar, 0.9 - 1.5 bar, 2 - 25 bar,
mechanical switching differential: mechanical switching differential: mechanical switching differential: mechanical switching differential: mechanical switching differential:
0.15 bar 0.2 bar 0.4 bar 0.08 bar 1.5 bar
Sequence of operations: 1.
Connection of the adjusting device
1.1
Close the cock of the pressure piping (Fig. 1/1).
1.2
Loosen the union nut (2) and remove the dummy plug (pressure release of the piping, at liquid medium collect the liquid with a rag).
en / 17.12.2010
IB021686
1/3
Pressure Switches
A5.05. 11.01.02.01
Inspection / Adjust M20-M601C 3750
11
CAUTION When loosen/thighten the union nut directly located at the pressure joint of the pressure switch, it should be simultaneously counter acted at the key faces of the pressure joint. 1.3
Connect the hose (with union nut and cutting) with the adjusting device (Fig. 2).
2.
Inspection of the set values
2.1
Ventilate the pressure switch via the adjustment device.
CAUTION For setting the differential pressure switch, the adjusting device must be equipped with two text connections (+, –, pressure difference) refer to view “X”.
Pressure monitor
Difference pressure monitor
2.2
Inspect the pressure control via the pressure gauge (of the device) and simultaneously the switch point at the instrument or alarm unit for coincidence of the switch point with the set value.
2.3
At any deviation correct the adjustment due to item 3.
2.4
Deaerate the pressure switch slightly and simultaneously check the switch point via the test instrument. Inspect the displayed switch difference.
en / 17.12.2010
IB021686
2/3
Pressure Switches
A5.05. 11.01.02.01
Inspection / Adjust M20-M601C 3750 3.
11
Correction of the adjustment (Performance with fixed switch difference) (Fig. 3)
NOTE The scale accuracy is ± 2 % of the span. The instrument is individually calibrated (1 - 2 on) so that no gauge inspection is necessary. 3.1
Remove the case cover by loosening the 4 locking screws.
3.2
Connect terminal (1 + 4) via cable with the adjusting device.
3.3
Loosen the stop screw (A).
3.4
Remove the cover aside by loosening the locking screw (B).
3.5
Set the upper or lower switching point (differential pressure switch) by means of the range spindle (C). The lower or upper switching point (differential pressure switch) results in the fixed switching difference.
3.6
Tighten stop screw (A).
4.
Removal of the adjusting device
4.1
Loosen the cable connection (terminal 1 + 4).
4.2
Loosen the connection hose of the adjusting device screw on the union nuts with plug (Fig. 1/2).
4.3
Fit the cover.
4.4
Tighten the cover of the range spindle.
4.5
Mark or lead the impected or corrected pressure switches.
en / 17.12.2010
IB021686
3/3
Pressure Switches
A5.05. 11.01.03.00
Inspection / Adjust M20 3750
11
See also: Spare parts list:
B1.05.11.2.4842
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 0,50 h
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Tools: Adjusting device, electric measuring instrument
Inspection: Check the set operating values of the pressure switch every 3,750 operation hours.
NOTE These testing and adjusting instructions apply to the following types: Pressure range:0 -6 barSwitching difference:0.2 bar Pressure range:0 -16 barSwitching difference: 0.8 bar
Sequence of operations: 1.
Connection of the adjusting device
1.1
Set cock of the pressure line (Fig. 1/1) to test position.
1.2
Remove plug (2) (G1/8") (depressurizing the line, catch liquid with a rag) and connect adjusting device in accordance with Fig. 2 and Fig. 3 to the test connection.
en / 30.09.2010
IB021766
1/3
Pressure Switches
A5.05. 11.01.03.00
Inspection / Adjust M20 3750 1.3
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1.4
11
Pneumatic connection (Fig. 2)
Compressed air flange > 16 bar Pressure reducer Stop valve One-way restrictor Volume 1 l Precision manometer Pressure switch
Electric connection (Fig. 3) Connect terminals 1, 2, 3 in the appliance plug.
2.
Inspection
2.1
Vent pressure switch via adjusting device.
2.2
Check switching point via the precision manometer of the setting equipment and test lamps.
2.3
Gradually vent the pressure switch, thereby observe switching point on the precision manometer the adjusting device and test lamp (Check the indicated switching differential in accordance with measuring point list in Book C).
en / 30.09.2010
IB021766
2/3
Pressure Switches
A5.05. 11.01.03.00
Inspection / Adjust M20 3750 3.
11
Correction of setting
NOTE In case of deviations from the set value (see measuring point list in Book C) correct the setting in accordance with sequence of operations 3. Pressure switch is set in the case of falling pressure.
3.1
Remove the lead seal
3.2
Disconnect housing cover (Fig. 4/20) of the pressure switch.
3.3
Set switching point with hexagon wrench (SW5) to the required value according to measuring point list.
4.
Removing the adjusting device
4.1
Undo cable connections and pneumatic connection of the test device.
4.2
Seal test connection with plug and switch cock (Fig. 1/1) into operating position.
4.3
Screw on housing cover and seal again with lead seal.
en / 30.09.2010
IB021766
3/3
RPM Switch
A5.05. 11.05.01.02
Inspection / Adjust M20/M25/M32/M43 7500 See also:
11
C5.05.05.70.06.43
Spare parts list: Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 1,00 h
Personnel qualification: E-specialist Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Inspection: Check the function of the rpm switches every 7,500 operating hours.
NOTE The engine speed must be constant whilst testing.
Sequence of operations: 1.
Note the rpm switch point setting. Loosen the pointer locking plate (2) and set the pointer (1) at the highest engine speed. The output relay on the plug-in card must switch and the luminous diode (3) on the dial will go out (Fig. 1).
2.
Turn the pointer carefully to the left towards 0 rpm. When reaching the engine speed, the output relay will switch and the diode on the dial must light up (switch hysteresis ± 25 rpm).
3.
Set the pointer again at the original rpm switch point and lock it. If the rpm switch does not work, proceed as follows in order to locate the defect:
4.
The automatic cut-out F 1.1 and F 2.1 on the plug-in card A1 in the rpm switch installation must be switched on. At constant speed and with the setting as under point 1, continue as follows:
5.
Voltage check at the plug-in socket contacts of the plug-in frame.
en / 26.11.2010
IB021724
1/2
RPM Switch
A5.05. 11.05.01.02
Inspection / Adjust M20/M25/M32/M43 7500 5.1
Supply (24 V DC at contact z16 and z20, contact z20 positive).
5.2
PICK UP IMPULSE (dependent upon engine speed up to 1500 Hz at contact b14 and d14).
11
If nothing could be detected whilst checking points 4 - 6, renew the plug-in card.The engine speed must be constant whilst testing.
NOTE Carry out the rpm adjustment of the new plug-in card. For this see the "Engine Documentation, Chapter „Control / Regulation“, rpm switch".
en / 26.11.2010
IB021724
2/2
Lubricating Oil/Cooling Water Thermostat
A5.05. 11.06.01.00
Maintenance / Checking M20-M601C 7500
11
See also: Spare parts list:
B1.05.11.1.7837
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 1,00 h
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Maintenance: Disassembly and functional check of the thermostatic element of the lubricating oil/cooling water thermostat
every
7,500 h
Note: The thermostatic elements are adjusted by the manufacturer to the required temperature. Modification of the adjustment or repair is impossible. Defective elements must be exchanged completely. Controlling the thermostatic elements in case of failure is enabled by a manual control facility. Hereto slacken counter nut (1) and turn set nut (2) clockwisely in order to get a lower temperature. After setting counter again. The cooling line is fully opened and the bypass closed when the control pin (3) is in the upper position. This setting procedure may only be carried out if the thermostat fails. With mounting a new thermostat, the control pin (3) must be set to its initial position by the nut (2).
Sequence of operations: 1.
Disassembly (Fig. 1)
1.1
Drain lubricating oil/cooling water lines.
1.2
Unscrew nuts (5) of housing lower part (6) and remove housing cover.
1.3
Unscrew counter nut (1) from regulating spindle.
1.4
Remove thermostatic element out of housing lower part.
1.5
Wash parts in gas oil and blow them clean.
en / 31.05.2000
IB021739
1/2
Lubricating Oil/Cooling Water Thermostat
A5.05. 11.06.01.00
Maintenance / Checking M20-M601C 7500
11 1.6
Check lower seat and sealing faces of thermostatic element for damage.
1.7
Wipe clean thermostat housing with a lint-free rag and check for corrosion and deposits. Check upper plate for erosion.
2.
Functional Check of the Thermostatic Element
2.1
Put thermostatic element (1) into a water bath of a termpature of approx. 10 K above the mean temperature specified on the insert (XX) (specification in degree Fahrenheit).
2.2
The thermostatic element must open steadily.
3.
Assembly
3.1
Slightly grease inner side of O-ring (4) and upper face of element and regulating spindle. By the clearance of the O-ring, heat elongations are compensated.
3.2
Top up lubricating oil/cooling water system and check thermostat for leakage.
en / 31.05.2000
IB021739
2/2
Lubricating Oil/Cooling Water Thermostat
A5.05. 11.06.01.01
Maintenance / Checking M20-M601C 7500
11
See also: Spare parts list:
B1.05.11.1.7837
Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 1,00 h
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Maintenance: Disassembly of lubricating oil/cooling water thermostat, making a funcional check of thermostatic element every
7,500 h
NOTE The thermostatic elements (Fig. 1/5) are adjusted by the manufacturer to the required temperature. Modification of the adjustment or repair is impossible. Defective elements must be exchanged completely. Controlling the thermostatic elements in case of failure is enabled by a manual control facility. Hereto slacken counter nut (3) and turn set screw (4) clockwisely in order to get a lower temperature. After setting counter again. The cooling line is fully opened and the bypass closed when the set screw (4) flushes with the surface of the counternut (3). This setting procedure may only be carried out if the thermostat fails. With mounting a new thermostat, the set screw (4) must be set to its initial position by the nut (3).
Sequence of operations: 1.
Disassembly
1.1
Drain lubricating oil/cooling water lines.
1.2
Unscrew hexagon nuts (2) of housing cover (6).
1.3
Remove cover (6) with O-ring (1).
1.4
Turn out thermostatic element (5) from valve housing (7).
en / 17.12.2010
IB021750
1/2
Lubricating Oil/Cooling Water Thermostat
A5.05. 11.06.01.01
Maintenance / Checking M20-M601C 7500
11
1.5
Wash parts in gas oil and blow them clean.
1.6
Wipe clean thermostat housing with lint-free cloth and check for corrosion and deposits.
2.
Functional check of thermostatic element
2.1
Put thermostatic element (Fig. 1/5) into a water bath of temperature of approx. 15 K above the temperature specified on the strap (XX) (specification in degree C).
2.2
The thermostatic element (5) must open steadiliy.
3.
Assembly
3.1
Repalce O-rings (1 and 9) and gasket (8).
3.2
Assembly is done in reverse order of disassembly.
3.3
Top up lubricating oil/cooling water system and check thermostat for leakages.
en / 17.12.2010
IB021750
2/2
Pressure Switch
A5.05. 11.06.05.02
Inspection / Replacement M20/M25 22500 See also:
11
11.06.06.nn
Spare parts list: Time requirement:
1 Pers./ 2,00 h
Personnel qualification: skilled engine hand Operating medium:
Heavy fuel and distillate fuel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Maintenance: Replacement of all pressure switches
after
22,500 h
Tools: Metric standard tools.
Set of replacement parts: Pressure switch M2103 (emergency stop - cooling water pressure) Pressure switch M1106 (emergency stop - lubricating oil pressure) Depending on the equipment status all other pressure switches are to be replaced as well.
WARNING - Ensure that the engine cannot be started! - When exchanging the pressure pipe or draining off the cooling water it is possible that "hot" cooling water leaks out. - There is a danger of scalding. - Avoid skin contact with cooling water emulsions, observe the safety data sheets of the manufacturers.
en / 20.10.2010
IB026248
1/3
Pressure Switch
A5.05. 11.06.05.02
Inspection / Replacement M20/M25 22500
11
Procedure: 1.
Put the engine and the related safety systems out of operation. - > Notify the engine to be ’’unserviceable’’ < -.
CAUTION Prior to replacing the pressure switches the shut-off cocks of the media must be closed. Prior to installation the pressure switches are to be adjusted to the specified pressure values.
2.
Replacement of the pressure switches.
NOTE The measuring point designations are always provided on the engine cable and the engine.
2.1
Remove the old pressure switch.
2.2
Mount the new pressure switch. When doing so, slightly grease the O-ring (Fig. 1/1) at the foot of the new pressure switch before inserting it.
2.3
Replacement of the plug.
3.
Testing of the completed work:
3.1
Cooling water system
3.1.1
Start the engine and run up to nominal speed.
3.1.2
Simulate "Low cooling water pressure" by means of test valve (Fig. 2, 3, 4/2). The engine has to stop automatically latest after 20 seconds.
3.1.3
Put test valve (2) into "Operation" position again.
3.1.4
Lubricating oil system
3.1.5
Start the engine and run up to nominal speed.
3.1.6
Simulate "Low lubricating oil pressure" by means of test valve (2). The engine has to stop automatically without any delay.
3.1.7
Put test valve (2) into "Operation" position again.
3.1.8
The other pressure switches are to be tested according to the same procedure.
en / 20.10.2010
1
IB026248
2/3
Pressure Switch
A5.05. 11.06.05.02
Inspection / Replacement M20/M25 22500
11 3.1.9
Put the engine and the safety system into normal operating condition again. -> Notify the engine to be "ready for operation"
